Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 321

Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Catalog

Faculty of Pharmacy &


Biotechnology
Academic year 2011/2012
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

 Professor Dr. Ashraf Moustafa Kamal Abadi


Dean of the Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology

 Associate Professor .Dr. Mohamed Ahmed El-Azizi


Vice dean for Students Affairs of the Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Head of Curriculum Committee.
Member of Quality Management and Accreditation Committee (QMAC)

 Professor. Dr. Hans Breitinger


Vice Dean for Academic Affairs of the Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology

 Professor Dr. Mohamed Zakaria Gad

 Associate Professor Dr. Khaled Abou Aisha

 Associate Professor Dr. Sahar Mohamed Abdel Maksoud

 Associate Professor Dr. Ahmed Abdel Aziz

 Dr. Tarek Mohamed Hashem

 Dr. Ahmed Ihab Abdel Azizi

 Dr. Rasha Sayed Hanafi

 Dr. Amr Aboshousha

 Dr. Hisham El-Sherif

 Dr. Sherwat Mohamed Atef Elwan

 Dr. Iman Emam Omar Gomaa

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 2
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

I. Overview of the Bachelor Program

II. Employability

III. Program Objectives and Outcomes

IV. Biotechnology Curriculum

First Semester

Second semester

Third Semester

Fourth Semester

Fifth Semester

Sixth Semester

Seventh Semester

Eighth Semester

Electives

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 3
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

The Bachelor of Science in Biotechnology Program is committed to academic excellence, and


provides a solid foundation in the Biotechnological Sciences in preparation for careers in
Biotechnology, and related advanced studies in the Biomedical, Pharmaceutical and Environmental
Sciences.

Biotechnology unifies biology and technology by covering a wide range of fields like medicine,
pharmacy, agriculture, cell biology, chemistry, ecology, genetics, etc.

The Biotechnology Program at the GUC equips the students with all needed skills to pursue their
future careers in the following jobs:
1. Brewing and dairy products industry
2. Medical and pharmaceutical fields
3. Health care products industry
4. Biochemical products industry
5. Agricultural field
6. Sewage and waste treatment - pollutant degradation.
7. Energy industry - generating bio-fuel from biomass
8. Bioprocess technology and development
9. Fermentation technology sector
10. Research field which includes:
A. Genetic manipulation and engineering
B. Protein engineering
C. Downstream processing
D. Cell Biology
11. Academic field
12. Pursuing Master and Ph.D. in biotechnology and other related fields

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 4
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Program Objectives
The Bachelor of Science in Biotechnology is aimed to:

1. Prepare students for careers in biotechnology and related disciplines, with a broad knowledge of
biological, biomedical and pharmaceutical sciences concepts, theories and techniques.

2. Develop graduates who have experience in research and scientific methodology, aware of ethical
issues and show critical thinking.

3. Develop graduates who are committed to lifelong learning, capable of working in a team and show
good communication skills.

4. Prepare the students for pursuing postgraduate studies

5. Develop graduate who are attractive for employers in the different biotechnological disciplines by
equipping them with needed skills to be able to compete nationally and internationally with other
graduate counterparts

Program Learning Outcomes

Graduates in the Bachelor of Science in Biotechnology will be able to:

1. Utilize and implementing acquired knowledge in biology, chemistry, biomedical and


biotechnological sciences in related careers.
2. Integrate concepts by merging knowledge from biology, biomedical, genetic
engineering and related disciplines.
3. Hands on experience in basic laboratory techniques.
4. Conduct basic and advanced research in different biotechnology fields.
5. Utilize acquired knowledge in designing and performing laboratory experiments.
6. Analyze and critically evaluate experimental results and observations.
7. Weigh ethical issues in science.
8. Research, retrieve, and document scientific literature.
9. Follow up on advances in biotechnology and develop necessary skills for continued
professional development.
10. Work as part of a team and share information

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 5
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

First Semester
Code No Course L T P ECTS
PHCM 101 General & Inorganic Chemistry I 2 2 4 8
PHBL 101 Biology I (Botany) 2 2 0 5
MATH 101 Mathematics & Statistics 2 2 0 5
CSIS 101 Introduction to computer Science 2 0 2 5
HUMA 102 English Language I (English for academic purposes) 0 4 0 3
HUMA 111 German Language I 0 4 0 3
Total ECTS= 29 CP

Second Semester
Code No Course L T P ECTS
PHCM 223 Pharmaceutical Analytical Chemistry 2 2 6 8
PHCM 212 Physics 3 2 2 8
PHBL 202 Biology II (Zoology) 2 2 2 7
PHTC 201 History of Pharmacy & Biotechnology 1 0 0 1
PHTX 211 Pharmaceutical & Medical Terminology 1 0 0 1
HUMA 212 German language II 0 4 0 3
HUMA 201 English Language II (Introduction to Scientific 0 2 0 1
Methods)

Total ECTS = 29 CP

Third Semester
Code No Course L T P ECTS
PHCM 331 Organic Chemistry I 2 2 4 8
PHCM 341 Physical chemistry 2 1 2 5
PHBL 303 Pharmacognosy I 2 1 3 5
PHTC 311 Pharmaceutics ( Orientation & Physical Pharmacy) 2 1 2 5
PHTX 301 Physiology & Anatomy I 3 1 1 5
HUMA 313 German Language III 0 4 0 3
HUMA 314 English Language III (Communication & Presentation 0 2 0 1
Skills)
Total ECTS = 32 CP

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 6
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Fourth Semester
Code No Course L T P ECTS
PHCM 432 Organic Chemistry II 2 2 4 8
PHBT 401 General & Pharmaceutical Microbiology 2 2 3 7
PHTC 411 Pharmaceutics II ( Drug Dosage Forms) 1 1 3 5
PHBT 401 Physiology & Anatomy II 3 1 1 5
PHTX 402 Biotechnology I ( Introduction to Biotechnology) 1 0 0 1
HUMA 414 German Language IV 0 4 0 3
HUMA 415 English Language IV (Research Paper Writing ) 0 2 0 1
Total ECTS = 30 CP

Fifth Semester
Code No Course L T P ECTS
BIOT 501 Botanical Zool. Field Trips 0 0 2 2
PHCM 561 Instrumental Analysis I 2 2 4 9
BIOT 502 Organic Chemistry III (Macromolecular Chemistry) 2 0 0 3
BIOT 503 Physical Chemistry II ( Electrochemistry) 2 0 2 4
PHBC 521 Biochemistry I 2 2 2 7
ELEC I Elective I 2 2 0 5
Total ECTS = 30 CP

Sixth Semester
Code No Course L T P ECTS
BIOT 641 Cell Biology 2 0 2 6
BIOT 681 Bioinformatics 2 2 0 5
BIOT 651 Introduction to Biosafety 1 0 0 1
BIOT 631 Genetics & Genetic Engineering I 2 0 0 3
BIOT 691 Technical Chemistry & Process Engineering 2 2 0 5
MGMT 601 Introduction to Management 2 0 0 2
BIOT 611 Biophysics 2 0 0 3
ELEC II Elective II 2 2 0 5
Total ECTS = 30 CP

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 7
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Seventh Semester
Code No Course L T P ECTS
BIOT 732 Genetics & Genetic Engineering II (Molecular Biology) 3 0 3 8
BIOT 711 Microbiology II ( Microbiology & Immunology) 2 0 2 5
BIOT 751 Radionuclides 1 0 0 2
ELEC III Elective III 2 2 0 5
ELEC IV Elective IV 2 2 0 5
ELEC V Elective V 2 2 0 5
Total ECTS = 30 CP

Eighth Semester
Code No Course L T P ECTS
BIOT 861 Industrial Biotechnology 2 2 0 5
BIOT 891 Fermentation Technology 2 0 2 5
ELCT 801 Electronics 2 0 2 5
BIOT 899 Bachelor Thesis 0 0 6 15
Total ECTS = 30 CP

Code No Course L T P ECTS


BIOT Internship - - 8 10
Total ECTS = 10 CP

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 8
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Student has to choose 12 hours from the following electives:

Code No Course L T/E ECTS


Electives offered by Pharmacy & Biotechnology Bachelor program
Electives offered by Pharmacology & Toxicology department
PHTX 841 Pharmacology I 2 2 5
PHTX 942 Pharmacology II 2 2 5
5PHTX 071 Pharmacotherapeutics 2 2 5
PHTX 831 Toxicology I 2 2 5
PHTX 943 Toxicology II 2 2 5
PHTX 961 Clinical Pharmacy I 2 1 3
PHTX 062 Clinical Pharmacy II 2 1 3
PHTX 944 First Aid 1 0 1
PHTX 051 Pharmacoepidemiology & Economy 2 2 5
PHTC 061 Pharmacy Management 1 0 2
PHTX 621 Pathology & Histology 2 2 5
Elective offered by Biochemistry department
PHBC 621 Biochemistry II ( Clinical Biochemistry) 2 2 5

Interdisciplinary elective
PHBC 731 Biochemistry III ( Pathobiochemistry) 3 2 6

Electives offered by Pharmaceutical Technology department


PHTC 521 Biopharmacy & Pharmacokinetics 2 1 4
PHTC 732 Pharmaceutical Technology I 2 2 5
PHTC 833 Pharmaceutical Technology II 2 2 5
PHTC 934 Pharmaceutical Technology III 2 2 5
PHTC 941 Quality Assurance 1 0 2
PHTC 051 Legislation & Pharmacy Lows 1 0 2
Electives offered by Pharmaceutical Chemistry department
PHCM 662 Instrumental analysis II 1 2 4
PHCM 571 Pharmaceutical chemistry I 2 2 5
PHCM 672 Pharmaceutical chemistry II 2 2 5
PHCM 773 Pharmaceutical chemistry III 2 2 5
PHCM 874 Pharmaceutical chemistry IV 2 2 5
PHCM 081 Drug Design 2 2 5
Electives offered by Pharmaceutical Biology department
PHBL 511 Pharmacognosy II 2 2 5

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 9
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

PHBL 621 Phytochemistry I 2 2 5


PHBL 772 Phytochemistry II 2 2 5
PHBL 831 Phytotherapy & Biogenic Drugs 2 2 5

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 10
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

First Semester Courses

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 11
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General & Inorganic Chemistry PHCM 101


A-Basic Information
Semester number 1st semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year 1st year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Specialization Analytical Chemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week, 2 Practical sessions /week
Student workload 240 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 8 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
The course introduces the fundamentals of the modern atomic theory, chemical bonding, and
hybridization of atomic orbitals, Molecular orbital theory and periodic properties in different
molecules, metals, semiconductors and ionic solids. Also, introduction to chemical equilibrium,
electrochemistry and chemical kinetics are covered. The student will be able to identify, practically,
the cation and anion of any unknown salt.

These fundamentals will aid the student on taking further courses such as, organic and
physical Chemistry in the second year. The student will get an overview on the general principles of
chemistry. The course will allow him to derive macroscopic properties of molecules from their
structural and electronic properties. Furthermore, the student will be able to balance chemical
equations and to understand basic applications of chemical reactions.

Theoretical Part of General & Inorganic Chemistry PHCM 101


Learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Define basic principles of analytical chemistry and, physicochemical properties of
compounds and types of reactions used in preparations of different pharmaceutical products.

Professional & Practical skills


2. Use the proper pharmaceutical abbreviations & symbols related to pharmaceutical in-organic
chemistry.

Intellectual skills
3. Apply basic analytical chemistry knowledge in chemistry practice.
4. Illustrate quantitative analytical methods used for identifying elements and compounds, and
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 12
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

balance different types of chemical equations.

General skills
5. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means through the open discussions of the tutorial,
and the oral questions asked by the tutors.
6. Retrieve and evaluate information from the assigned text book, the study guide, and the
assigned website.
7. Work effectively in the tutorials in groups to answer the assignments.
8. Use calculation methods involving various theories and analytical chemistry models.
9. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development through
searching the internet sources for the answers of the advanced pop questions of the lectures
that are related to the lectures‘ topics.
10. Implement writing and presentation skills during tutorial evaluation.
11. Demonstrate critical thinking, and problem- solving related to the various calculations
involved in the course.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Atomic theory 2 2
2 Stoichiometry. 2 2
3 Stoichiometry (Continue) 2 2
4 Bonding: General concepts 2 2
5 Bonding: General concepts (Continue) and Covalent Bonding: 2 2
Orbitals.
6 Chemical Equilibrium 2 2
7 Covalent bonding: Orbitals 2 2
8 Electrochemistry 2 2
9 Atomic structure and periodicity and bonding: general concepts 2 2
10 Chemical Kinetics 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Zumdahl S.S., Chemistry 7th Edition (2007), Houghton Mifflin, ISBN 978-0618528448

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 13
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Materials
 Power point presentation, lecture handout in PDF as hard copy, and soft copy at GUC
intranet, animations presenting during the lecture.
Relevant web sites
 http://www.wwnorton.com/chemistry

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Contribution in tutorials 10%
Quizzes (Best 2 quizzes out of 3, 10% each) 20%
Midterm exam 30%
Final term exam 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions

Practical Part of General & Inorganic Chemistry PHCM 101

Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Define basic principles of properties of elements, and qualitative analytical techniques for
identification of elements.
2. Define physico- chemical properties of various groups of anions, and cations, and identify
unknown anions and cations.

Professional & Practical skills


3. Use proper pharmaceutical abbreviations & symbols of various groups of anions and cations.
4. Handle & dispose chemicals & pharmaceutical preparations safely.
5. Identify various unknown groups of anions and cations, then extract, and isolate the precipitates
from their salts.

6. Handle and operate basic lab equipments as centrifuge, flames and water baths.
Intellectual skills
7. Apply qualitative assays of raw materials as well as pharmaceutical preparations.
8. Select the appropriate methods of identification of unknown anions and cations.
9. Analyze the observed experimental results and compare it to the ideal laboratory results.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 14
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General skills
10. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means through laboratory discussions and submitting a
laboratory report containing scheme for the identification of cations and anions.
11. Work effectively in team during the separation of cations and anions.
12. Stick to laboratory rules regarding policies and safety procedures.
13. Demonstrate time management abilities and Implement writing skills through submitting a lab
report documenting the methodology and results of experiments.
14. Demonstrate problem solving ability in identification of unknown anions and cations.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 laboratory safety and cations 4
2 cations (continued) 4
3 cations (continued) 4
4 cations (continued) 4
5 cations (continued) 4
6 cations (continued) 4
7 anions 4
8 anions (continued) 4
9 anions ( continued) 4
10 final practical exam; Identification of unknown anions and cations 4
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


 Laboratory sessions
 Laboratory manual

References
Recommended textbook
 Mendham, J., Denney R.C., Barnes, J.D., Thomas M.J.K., Vogel's Quantitative Chemical
Analysis 6th Edition (2000), Prentice Hall, ISBN 978-0582226289.
Materials
 Handout available on the intranet and the copy center.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Laboratory performance and evaluation 20%
Theoretical of practical (theoretical quiz) 30%
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 15
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Final practical exam (Cations exam 30%, & 50%


anions 20%)

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Laboratory equipped with Microscopes, beamer, computer, smart board and white board.
 Laboratory presentations.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the GUC intranet.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Rasha Elnashar
E- Mail rasha.elnashar@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2203
Room number B5-120

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 16
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Biology I (Botany) PHBL 101

A-Basic Information
Semester number First semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year First year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Biology
Specialization Biology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week,1 Tutorial/ week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

This is a course for the 1st semester students of Pharmacy and Biotechnology and serves the
purpose of recalling, deepening and anchoring of basic principles of Biology. The course content
provides students from different educational systems with a solid matrix on which to add the more
specialized courses of the following semesters. During the course, students are familiarized with the
theories of the beginning of life on earth and the theory of endosymbiosis and are introduced to the
properties of living organisms. The chemical basis of life is discussed, with focus on pH,
radioisotopes, functional groups, electronegativity, bonding types, calculation of molar concentrations
and the properties of water. The four main classes of biological macromolecules (carbohydrates,
proteins, nucleic acids and lipids) are introduced and the way they are formed, characterized and
modified is discussed.

It describes then the differences and characteristics of prokaryotes and eukaryotes and
distinguishes between animal and plant cells. Cell organelles and their functions are described in
details, membrane composition and transport mechanisms are illustrated and the principles behind
cell-cell communication are introduced. The different stages of cell cycle and its regulation, and the
mechanisms of mitosis and meiosis are reviewed. The topic of genetics is covered both on the
classical genetics level describing Mendelian experiments and laws and Morgan‘s gene mapping, as
well as on the molecular level covering replication, transcription and translation. Principles of Genetic
Engineering are taught and various techniques in biotechnology are explained. The course extends a
detailed explanation of photosynthetic processes including photorespiration and its conditions and
consequences.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 17
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning outcomes:
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define Basic terms in Biology and Biotechnology as scientific disciplines.
2. Explain various experiments, list their applications, describe types of different microscopes,
and recognize different techniques used in Biology and Biotechnology.
3. Describe various diseases and relate them to genetic dysfunctions.
4. Describe and correlate the data of various experiments.

Professional & Practical skills


5. Use the proper scientific and medical terms, abbreviations & symbols related to Biology as a
scientific discipline.

Intellectual skills
6. Illustrate and Investigate experiments related to Biology.
7. Analyze and determine biological based evidences in Biology practice.

General skills
8. Communicate clearly by verbal means through discussing the assignments in the tutorials.
9. Review information obtained from lecture slides as well as several text books to improve
professional competencies.
10. Use numeracy, calculation & statistical methods as well as information technology tools
related to biological basics and experiments.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to General Biology, origin of life & fundamental 2 2
properties of living organisms.
2 Chemical Basis of life; small molecules 2 2
3 Chemical Basis of life; Organic Macromolecules 2 2
4 Cellular Organization of organisms. 2 2
5 Membrane structure and transport 2 2
6 Cell division and cell cycle 2 2
7 Classical Genetics 2 2
8 Molecular Genetics 2 2
9 Genetic Technology 2 2
10 Photosynthesis 2 2
11 Revision lecture 2 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments and tutorials.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 18
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Recommended textbooks
 Biology by Campbell and Reece. 7th. Edn. 2005, ISBN 0805366245, Benjamin Cummings
Publishing Company.
 Biology, 6th edition, Peter H. Raven and Grorge B. Johnson
Recommended further reading
 Life: the science of biology; 7th edition, by Purves et al.
Materials
 Lecture notes in pdf format as a hard copy and a soft copy at GUC intranet, text books, and
assignments.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Participation 10 %
Quizzes (Best two out of 3). 20%
Midterm exam 30%
Final exam 40%

Educational Utensils
Facilities required for teaching & learning:
Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
Forms of media:
Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Khaled Abou-Aisha
E- Mail khaled.abou-aisha@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2213
Room number B5-107

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 19
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Mathematics and Statistics MATH 104

A-Basic Information
Semester number First semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year First year
Department offering the course Mathematics
Specialization Mathematics
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week, 1 tutorial/week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

MATH 104 is designed to introduce Pharmacy and Biotechnology students to Calculus and
Statistics. These are basic mathematical tools which the students require for their further studies, in
particular for their courses in Physics and Physical Chemistry.
MATH 104 starts with revising essential concepts of high school mathematics (real numbers and the
real line, Cartesian plane, functions and their graphs). We proceed then with the notion and
geometrical meaning of the first-order derivative and studying basic rules of differentiation. The
chain rule and higher-order derivative are the next topics to be covered. Finally we shall see some
applications of differentiation in optimization problems.

The Calculus section is then completed by introducing the notions of the indefinite and the
definite integrals – we discuss elementary methods of integration, including simple substitution
technique and the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.
An introduction to descriptive statistics includes basic notions of statistics, organizing data (frequency
distributions) and summarizing data (measures of central tendency and variation). This will be
followed by a discussion of essential notions of probability theory, discrete and continuous random
variables, with emphasis on binomial and normal distributions. The Central
Limit Theorem with applications interval parameter estimation will complete the Statistics section
and the course. The first steps into hypothesis testing may be discussed, provided the time allows.

learning outcomes:
By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Identify definitions, rules and notions of basic mathematics, including sketching of
different graphs.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 20
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Professional & Practical skills


2. Use various mathematical rules
3. Use mathematical properties of a function to a real world phenomenon
4. Compute variability measures and correlations for a given data
5. Use various tools to organize raw data

Intellectual skills
6. Use various mathematical rules
7. Use mathematical properties of a function to a real world phenomenon
8. Use various tools to organize raw data
9. Compute variability measures and correlations for a given data
10. Use statistical techniques to test a given hypothesis.

General skills
11. Communicate clearly by verbal means through class discussions of the class-work
problems in the tutorials.
12. Use numeracy calculation, statistical methods as well as information technology tools
through solving the assignment problems.
13. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development through
reading from texts and searching the internet.
14. Demonstrate creativity and time management abilities through studying for quizzes.
15. Communicate clearly by verbal means through class discussions of the class-work
problems in the tutorials.
16. Use numeracy calculation, statistical methods as well as information technology tools
through solving the assignment problems
17. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development through
reading from texts and searching the internet.
18. Demonstrate creativity and time management abilities through studying for quizzes.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introductory part 2 2
Functions and their graphs
2 Rates of Change 2 2
Derivative as slope of tangent line
3 Basic rules of differentiation 2 2
The chain rule, higher-order derivatives
4 Applications of differentiation 2 2
5 Exponential and logarithmic functions and their derivatives 2 2
6 Indefinite integral 2 2
Integration using simple substitution
7 Definite Integral 2 2
Fundamental theorem of calculus
8 Basic concepts of statistics 2 2
Frequency distributions and Graphs
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 21
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

9 Measures of central tendency and variation 2 2


Classical Probability.
10 Discrete and Continuous Random Variables 2 2
Binomial Distribution
11 Normal Distribution 2 2
Central Limit Theorem
12 Confidence Intervals 2 2
Hypothesis testing
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lecture, tutorial and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 Greenwell, Ritchey, Lial, "Calculus for Life Sciences," 1st Edition,
ISBN 9-780201-745825
 Bluman, ―Elementary Statistics: A Step-by-Step Approach,‖ 5th Edition,
ISBN 0-070121439-9

Materials
 Power point presentations, lecture handout in a PDF as hard copy, and a soft copy in GUC
intranet as well as the course website.
Relevant websites
 http://math.guc.edu.eg/math104/

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Assignment 10%
Class work 5%
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 25%
Final 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of lecture presentations on the intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions with animations

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 22
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Gerd Baumann

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Ahmed Moustafa Mahmoud
E- Mail ahmed.mahmoud@guc.edu.edu
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 1209
Room number C7 206

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 23
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Introduction to Computer Science CSIS101


A-Basic Information
Semester number First semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year First year
Department offering the course Computer Science & Engineering
Specialization Computer science
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 practical session/week for 4 successive weeks, followed by
1Lecture and 1 Tutorial/week for 5 successive weeks.
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

This course is designed for students who want to learn how to apply computer technology to
college study. The course focuses on personal computers and application software in a windows
environment, specifically word processing, spreadsheets, presentation graphics and a variety of
Internet topics. In addition, students will learn how to design algorithms and how to implement them
in a programming language, like Java.

The course includes:

 Intermediate topics in word processing (Word XP)


 Intermediate topics in spreadsheets (Excel XP)
 Intermediate topics in presentation software (PowerPoint XP)
 Intermediate topics in algorithms and programming

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 24
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Theoretical Part of Introduction to Computer Science CSIS101


learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Relate computing and information technology to common aspects of society, economy, and
personal life.
2. Recognize the subjects of computer science and identifies them against common
misconceptions.
3. Define and explain the concept of an algorithm.
4. Summarize key aspects of the history of algorithms.
5. Recognize superficial differences between informal algorithmic notation (pseudo-code) and
actual programming languages.
6. Explain conditional branching in algorithms.
7. Express algorithms that contain iterative operations over in informal algorithmic notation.
8. Discuss some fundamental aspects of work complexity of simple algorithms relate these
concepts to running time of workflows.

Professional & Practical skills


9. Construct algorithmic workflows in a Turing complete informal algorithmic notation.*

Intellectual skills
10. Employ pseudo-code to phrase basic sequential algorithms.
11. Solve algorithmic problems that contain conditional branching and/or iterative operations
by constructing algorithms in pseudo code.
12. Employ informal algorithmic notation to describe workflows that solve general problems.
13. Calculate exact and asymptotic number of operations in simple, polynominal algorithms
and compare the results to alternative algorithms.

Topics covered in the theoretical part of the course (theoretical course content):
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorial
1 Introduction, Algorithm discovery and design I 2 2
2 Algorithm discovery and design II 2 2
3 Algorithm discovery and design III 2 2
4 Algorithm discovery and design IV 2 2
5 Algorithm discovery and design V 2 2

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 25
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods

Lectures, tutorials and assignments.

References
Relevant web sites
 www.met.guc.edu.eg
Materials (Available on MET public website)

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, and white board.
 Tutorial class equipped computer, smart board, and white board.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

Practical Part of Introduction to Computer Science CSIS101


Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize and explain the basic concept behind windows xp, Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel,
and Microsoft PowerPoint.

Practical skills
1. Deal with different features that exist in windows xp, Microsoft word, Microsoft Excel,and
Microsoft PowerPoimt.

Topics covered in the practical part of the course (practical course content):
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Introduction to windows xp 2
2 Microsoft word 2
3 Microsoft Excel 2
4 Microsoft Powerpoint 2

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 26
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions

References
Relevant web sites
 www.met.guc.edu.eg
Materials
 Lab notes are available on the met website.

Facilities required for teaching & learning:

 Computer Laboratories equipped with computers to be used by students, beamer, computer,


smart board and white board.
 Laboratory presentations.

Assessment of the whole course (Theoretical and practical parts)


Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 10%
Assignments 15%
Mid- term exam 30%
Final exam 45%

C- Administrative Information

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Georg Jung
E- Mail georg.jung@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 1238
Room number C7.212

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 27
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Aacademic English AE
A-Basic Information
Semester number 1st semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year 1st Year
Department offering the course English
Specialization English
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 3 Tutorials/week
Student workload 90 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 3 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
Academic English is a non-credit refresher course catering for the language needs of students
who are able to function in an academic environment but have certain deficiencies in oral/written
communication. The course is designed to brush up on basic language and academic skills. It
highlights the importance of improving the different language skill areas of listening, speaking,
reading and writing as well as the language content of grammar and vocabulary. All skills are
integrated and presented in an academic context. Students learn to write paragraphs, read critically,
listen to lectures and take notes, use grammar effectively, and become more effective learners. The
course is one semester long, encompassing four 90 minute sessions per week.

A. Writing
The writing component aims at developing students‘ writing skills. After students become
familiar with the writing process and the different pre-writing techniques, they apply the process to
writing different types of paragraphs, which is the main focus of the course.

B. Reading
The reading component aims at developing effective reading strategies that are necessary for
the reading process. This includes skimming for main ideas, scanning for details and understanding
vocabulary from context. The course will also enhance critical thinking through making inferences
from the information provided.

C. Listening and Speaking


This component of the course focuses on both conversational and academic English, offering
a variety of listening opportunities, such as conversations and lectures. The course is organised with
an emphasis on argumentation, note-taking, and leading/contributing to discussions. In order to meet
the required level of academic English competency, presentation skills and participation in pair work
and group activities, along with listening, are the central focus of the course.

D. Grammar in relation to writing:


Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 28
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

This component builds on students‘ previous knowledge of the basic aspects of the grammar
of English. It views grammar as a tool to reach another goal, i.e. writing. Hence, areas of problematic
nature are highlighted and clarified. Such areas are: fragments, run-ons, comma splices, and types of
sentences.

Learning outcomes
I. Given a topic, students will be able to:
1. Generate ideas with an accuracy level of 90%.
2. Organize their ideas into a structured outline with an accuracy level of 90%.
3. Produce a coherent paragraph made up of a topic sentence, supporting details, and a
conclusion with an accuracy level of 85%.
4. Use correct sentence structure, appropriate vocabulary, and appropriate transitions in
writing with an accuracy level of 85%.
5. Produce a coherent well written academic essay with an accuracy level of 70%

II. Given an academic passage of 400 – 600 words, students will be able to:
1. Recognize main ideas with an accuracy level of 100%.
2. Identify specific details with an accuracy level of 100%.
3. Recognize implied main ideas with an accuracy level of 100%.
4. Distinguish between main ideas and supporting details with an accuracy level of
95%.
5. Identify meaning of vocabulary from context with an accuracy level of 90%.
6. Distinguish fact from opinion with an accuracy level of 100%.
7. Make inferences with an accuracy level of 100%

III. Given a mini-lecture or a long conversation, students will be able to:


1. Identify the topic with an accuracy level of 100%.
2. Recognize the main idea with an accuracy level of 100%.
3. Identify specific info with an accuracy level of 100%.
4. Identify pros and cons with an accuracy level of 100%.
6. Comprehend speech acts with an accuracy level of 100%.
7. Take notes about the lecture with an accuracy level of 85%.

IV. Given a situation, students will be able to:


1. Produce fluent, comprehensible, accurate spoken English in presentations with an
accuracy level of 90%.
2. Produce fluent, comprehensible, accurate spoken English in interviews with an
accuracy level of 90%.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 29
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Tutorials
1 Reading : 2
 Scanning for specific info
 Using clues to determine meaning of new words
2 Writing: 2
(Chapter 1)
 Introducing the writing process
 Stage 1: Prewriting techniques (Brainstorming/ narrowing down the
topic)
 Stage 2: Planning (outlining)
Grammar: Types of sentences
3 Listening: 2
 Introduction to the main listening techniques; identifying main ideas of
a listening passage, and listening for pronunciation and intonation
4 Listening: 2
 Introduction to the main listening techniques; identifying main ideas of
a listening passage, and listening for pronunciation and intonation
5 Reading: 2
 Skimming for main ideas. Using clues to determine meaning of new
words
6 Writing: 2
(Chapter 2)
 Feedback on the previous ungraded group outline.
 Introducing Topic Sentence, supporting ideas, and concluding Sentence.
Grammar: Types of sentences
7 Listening: 2
 More on identifying main ideas
 Speech acts (requests for confirmation) identifying pros and cons.
8 Reading: 2
Skimming for main ideas & Scanning for specific info( extra practice)
9 Writing: 2
 Feedback on the group outline
 Discussing the first reading-for-writing material, in preparation
for the In-class paragraph assignment)
Grammar: Fragments
Run-ons
 Comma splices
10 Listening: 2
 Speech acts (agreeing and disagreeing +
 (likes and dislikes +
 asking for confirmation
 Identifying specific details
11 Reading: 2
 Differentiating between main and supporting ideas
12 Writing: 2
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 30
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

 Introducing correction symbols & writing rubric


 Feedback on the firs In-class assignment
 Introducing Unity and coherence /
13 Listening: 2
 More on Speech acts (hopes/ wishes/ desires) –
14 Reading: 2
 Identifying implied main ideas+
 using clues to determine meaning of new words
 listening for chronological order
15 Writing: 2
 Introducing the chronological order outline and paragraph
16 Listening: 2
 More on Speech acts (hopes/ wishes/ desires)
17 Reading: 2
 More on skimming and scanning
 More on vocabulary in context
 More on implied main ideas
18 Writing: 2
 Discussing the reading-for-writing material (chronological order)
19 Listening: 2
 Note taking
 Listening for chronological order.
20 Reading : 2
 More on vocabulary in context
21 Listening: 2
 Listening for chronological order.
 Inferring ideas in listening
22 Writing: 2
 Wrap Up
23 Reading: 2
 More on skimming and scanning
 More on identifying implied main ideas
 More on context clues
24 Writing: 2
Feedback on the chronological order paragraph+RE-Write of the
chronological paragraph
25 Writing: 2
 Introducing the compare and contrast paragraphs / transition signals
(More on fragments and run-ons)
26 Listening: 2
Introducing presentation skills
27 Writing: 2
Discussing the reading-for-writing material (compare and contrast)
28 Listening: 2
 First group presentation and collective feedback at the end of the
class.
29 Reading: 2
 Distinguishing fact from opinion.
Exercises on distinguishing fact from opinion.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 31
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

30 Writing: 2
 A Introducing the guidelines for writing an essay and the steps of the
transition from writing a paragraph to writing an essay
Grammar: Transition signals
 quick revision on the guidelines for writing an essay
 Discussing the reading-for-writing material (essay)
31 Listening: 2
 Second group Presentations
32 Reading: 2
More on Distinguishing fact from opinion.
33 Writing: 2
 Revise A Introducing the guidelines for writing an essay and the
steps of the transition from writing a paragraph to writing an essay
34 Listening: 2
 Introducing guidelines for interview simulation
35 Writing: 2
Wrap up +Instructions for the final
36 Listening: 2
 Interview simulations
37 Listening: 2
 Interview simulations
Wrap Up

Learning and teaching methods


Assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
Writing Course book:
 Oshima, A. and Hogue, A. (1999). Writing Academic English (3rd ed). New York: Longman.
Reading, Listening, Speaking, and Grammar Course book:
 GUC Compiled Student Book.

Assessment
Writing
Coursework 60%
 In class group outline: 5%
 In class paragraph: 5%
 In class chronological order paragraph: 10%
 In class compare and contrast paragraph: 10%
 In class group essay compare and contrast : 10%
 2 Quizzes : 10% each
Midterm exam 20%
Final exam 20%
Bonus 3%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 32
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Reading
Coursework 40%
 The best 2 Quizzes out of 3
Midterm exam 20%
Final exam 40%

Listening and speaking


Coursework 40%
 The best 2 Quizzes out of 3: 15%
 Participation in group activities (2 group presentations): 15%
 Interview: 10%
Midterm exam 20%
Final exam 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning:


 Tutorial classes equipped with, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and markers.
 Availability of tutorial PowerPoint presentations as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be
presented to students during tutorial sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Mona Osman

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Ms. Maha Mahmoud Mourad Kassem
E- Mail maha.kassem@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Room number B3.103

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 33
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

German Language I HUMA 111


A-Basic Information
Semester number 1st semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year 1st year
Department offering the course German Language
Specialization German Language
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 2 Tutorials / week
Student workload 100 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 3CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

This is a basic German language course designed for beginners to provide them with a
fundamental knowledge of pronunciation, grammar, and vocabulary. Students will develop basic
communication skills in German and in everyday situations such as introducing oneself and giving
and understanding personal information about oneself, family and friends. It should further provide
the student with sufficient proficiency for basic oral and written communication, and enable them to
acquire strategies and techniques to make use of a variety of language resources.

Learning outcome
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

1. pronounce the German alphabet correctly


2. introduce himself and others
3. use numbers as age, prices, telephone numbers
4. greet persons
5. communicate in German with the teacher in the classroom
6. order something in German in a Café/Restaurant and pay the bill
7. describe his living situation, his house/apartment
8. write a short biographical text about himself (name, address, age, nationality, foreign
languages, studies)
9. write a postcard
10. Apply international words to understand a text.
11. Collect information from a map, advertisements, telephone- book, catalogues and price lists.

A. Reading
1. Understand global information in a text.
2. Understand and apply international words to understand a text.
3. Understand information in a map, advertisements, telephone- book, catalogues and price lists.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 34
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

4. Understand personal information in a biography.


5. Understand texts related to living situations and description of houses/ rooms etc.....

B. Listening
6. Understand global information in a listening text
7. Understand dialogues and conversation about general personal information
8. Understand dialogues and conversations in a cafe
9. Understand numbers as age, prices, telephone numbers
10. Understand conversations related to living situations and description of houses/ rooms

C. Writing
11. Write a short biographical text about a person (name, address, age, nationality, foreign
languages, studies)
12. Write a postcard
13. Describe his room, house and living situation

D. Speaking
14. Greet persons
15. Introduce himself and others ﴾name, country, address, studies, foreign languages)
16. Spell words correctly
17. Order something in a cafe and pay the bill
18. Communicate in German with the teacher in the classroom
19. State his opinion
20. Describe his living situation and his house, etc....
21. Describe his personal belongings

Course content
1. Grammar
1. Conjugation of regular and irregular verbs in the present tense
2. Addressing people formally and informally (―du‖ und ―Sie‖)
3. Use of personal pronouns
4. Numbers 1-1000
5. Interrogative pronouns ﴾wie, was, wer, wo, woher)
6. Word order for sentences and questions
7. Use of definite and indefinite articles in the nominative and accusative cases
8. Use of negative articles in the nominative
9. Singular- and plural-forms
10. Possessive articles in the nominative

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 35
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

2. Topics covered in the course


Chapter Topic
Chapter 0  The first encounter with the German Language
 International words
Chapter 1  Getting to know people
 Conversation in Cafes
 Numbers
Chapter 2  Communication in the classroom
 Classroom Objects
 Using Dictionaries
Chapter 3  Continents, Countries, Cities and Monuments
 Cardinal points
 Asking people about foreign languages
Chapter 4  Living situation
 Houses, Rooms, Furniture

Course Schedule
No. of Teaching Hours
 4 hrs per week (2 tutorials).
 Total 48 hrs per the whole course (12 tutorials).

Learning and teaching methods


Practical Exercises in Vocabulary, Speaking, Listening, Reading and Writing.

References
Recommended textbook
Studio d A1

1. Kurs-und Übungsbuch (course book)

2. Sprachtraining (exercise book)

3. Glossary: Vokabeltaschenbuch: German-English

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
2 Quizzes (written) 15%
Mid-Term (computerized) 30 %
Final Exam (computerized) 55%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 36
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Tutorial classes equipped with a sound system, computer, smart board and markers.
 Availability of PowerPoint presentations as a soft copy on the GUC student intranet, to be
presented to students during tutorial sessions.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Reem Etman

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Midhat Suleiman
E- Mail midhat.suleiman@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2-170
Room number B3.109

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 37
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Second Semester Courses

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 38
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutical Analytical Chemistry PHCM 223


A-Basic Information
Semester number 2nd semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year 1st year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Specialization Analytical Chemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week, 2 practical sessions /week
Student workload 240 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 8 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

The course introduces the students to the different types of Chemical equilibria and how they
affect the proceeding of a chemical reaction and different types of titrations, and they will be able to
apply it practically in the lab. This course is introduction to pharmaceutical chemistry I, II practical
given in the third year covering the application of different equilibria for the analysis of
pharmaceutical compounds in pure and dosage forms.

The course involves, Calculating equilibrium, pH of different type of acids and bases starting
from mono- to poly functional acids or bases. Constructing titration curves (practical and theoretical)
for titrations involving strong or weak acids, apply complexometric titrations (practical and
theoretical) using EDTA as a complexing agent, apply the different types of redox equilibria and
apply Nernst equation (practical and theoretical) and apply precipitation equilibria in precipitation
titration and gravimetric analysis (practical and theoretical).

Theoretical Part of Pharmaceutical Analytical Chemistry PHCM 223


Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize basic analytical chemistry principles.
2. Define physico-chemical properties of various pharmaceutical compounds

Professional & Practical skills


3. Use the proper pharmaceutical & medical terms, abbreviations & symbols in analytical
chemistry practice.
4. Analyze a mixture of metal ions.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 39
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills
5. Apply quantitative analytical methods for identification of ions in samples and for calculating
the pH at any point during a titration.
6. Analyze theoretically a mixture of metal ions.

General skills
7. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means through the open discussions of the
tutorials, and the oral questions asked by the tutors.
8. Retrieve and evaluate information from the assigned text book, the study guide, and the
assigned website.
9. Use numeracy, & calculation methods as well as information technology tools for calculating
pH, calculating reaction end point, determining metal ions by EDTA titrations, determining
potential at any point, and determining gravimetric factor.
10. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development through
searching the internet sources for the answers of the advanced pop questions of the lectures
that are related to the lectures‘ topics.
11. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving during solving various problems and
calculations during the course.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Acid – base equilibrium 2 2
2 Acid- base equilibrium (continue) 2 2
3 Acid- base equilibrium (continue 2 2
4 Acid- base equilibrium (continue) 2 2
5 Acid- base equilibrium (continue) 2 2
6 Precipitation equilibrium 2 2
7 Complexometric equilibrium 2 2
8 Complexometric equilibrium (continue) 2 2
9 Redox equilibrium 2 2
10 Gravimetric equilibrium 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 D. A. Skoog, D.A. West, F.J. Holler, S.R. Crouch, Analytical Chemistry, an introduction, 7th
Edition, ISBN 0-03-020293-0.
Materials
 Power point presentation, lecture handout in PDF as hard copy, and soft copy in GUC
intranet, animations presenting during the lecture.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 40
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Relevant web sites


 http://www.wwnorton.com/chemistry
 http://www.mharis.com/

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes (Best 2 quizzes out of 3, 10% each) 20%
Contribution in tutorials 10%
Midterm exam 30%
Final term exam 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning

 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions

Practical Part of Pharmaceutical Analytical Chemistry PHCM 223


Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Recognize the basic principles of qualitative and quantitative analysis, the different laboratory
glass wares, and the calculation of concentration of unknown sample.
2. Recognize principles of different analytical techniques in analysis of various compounds.
3. Recognize the principles of identification, & standardization methods of various compounds.

Professional & Practical skills


4. Use proper pharmaceutical terms related to analytical chemistry glass ware (burette, pipette,
volumetric flask, etc).
5. Handle & dispose chemicals & pharmaceutical preparations safely.
6. Apply operating precautions of various analytical chemistry instruments, and classify the
equipments into standardized or none standardized.
Intellectual skills
7. Apply quantitative analytical methods for QC & assay for determination of various substances.
8. Select the appropriate method of standardization of active substances from different origins.
9. Analyze & interpret experimental results at the end of each laboratory session, by calculating the
required calculations for completing the laboratory report.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 41
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General skills
10. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means through laboratory discussions and submitting a
laboratory report containing the needed calculations, and the concentration of the required
substance for analysis.
11. Retrieve and evaluate information from colleagues to improve professional competencies.
12. Use numeracy, calculation for calculation of sample concentration.
13. Stick to laboratory rules regarding policies and safety procedures.
14. Demonstrate time management abilities through analysis of mixtures.
15. Demonstrate problem- solving in analyzing mixtures.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 laboratory safety and cations 4
2 Cations (continued) 4
3 Cations (continued) 4
4 Cations (continued) 4
5 Cations (continued) 4
6 Cations (continued) 4
7 Anions 4
8 Anions (continued) 4
9 Anions ( continued) 4
10 Final practical exam 4
Identification of unknown anions and cations
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions

References
Materials
 Laboratory session
 Laboratory handout

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Midterm 15%
Lab assessment 20%
Quiz 20%
Final Exam 20%
Report 25%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 42
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Laboratory equipped with Microscopes, beamer, computer, smart board and white board.
 Laboratory presentations.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the GUC intranet.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Rasha Elnashar
E- Mail rasha.elnashar@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2203
Room number B5-120

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 43
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Physics PHCM 212


A-Basic Information
Semester number 2nd semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year 1st year
Department offering the course Physics
Specialization Physics
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 2 Lectures /week, 1Tutorial biweekly, 2practical sessions
biweekly
Student workload 243 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 8 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

The course handles mainly; units and measurements, kinematics of a particle in one and two
dimensions, translational and rotational dynamics, work and energy, momentum and collisions, static
and dynamic fluids, vibration and waves, sound, electric charge and electric field, electric potential,
electric current and electric circuits, electricity within the human body, magnetism and magnetic
induction, electromagnetic waves, geometric optics, interference, diffraction and polarization of light,
radiation physics. (For all topics; biological applications are considered)

Theoretical Part of Physics PHCM 212

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding, and Intellectual skills

1. Recognize the applications and relations between Physics and the chemical and biological
systems.
2. Explain and correlate the studied laws of physics with the human body systems and organs.
3. Study, analyze and apply the applications of physics‘ laws in the human body systems and
organs.

Example:
 Apply the fundamental laws of mechanics in the understanding and analysis of the
motion of the human body, human body parts, circulatory system, lungs, breathing, and
the skeletal system of the body (the properties of bones and joints).
 Apply the laws of waves and vibration to analyze systems in which vibrations and wave
motions take place, such as; production of sound by the focal cord, physics of ear and
hearing, and standing waves in resonating systems.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 44
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

 Apply the laws concerned with electric fields, electric forces, and electric potential in the
production and propagation of electric signals inside the human body, such as; electric
signals from the muscles, brain, eye, and eye movements. Also, the student will be able to
apply.
 Analyze and study the propagation speed of action potential pulses through nerves.
 Apply the laws of electromagnetic waves to analyze the functions of eye and vision, the
functions of compound microscopes, and the functions of the optical instrumentations
used in pharmaceutical and biological application

General & transferable skills


4. Communicate clearly by verbal means through discussions in lectures and tutorials.
5. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources ―the reference textbooks and internet
sources‖
6. Use numerical calculation methods as well as information technology tools in solving the
assignment problems.
7. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities during the
tutorial sessions and during solving the assignment problems.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction, Measurement, and Estimating 2
2 Describing Motion, Kinematics in one dimension 2 2
3 Describing Motion, Kinematics in two dimension 2
4 Forces on and In the Human Body 2 2
5 Forces on and In the Human Body 2
6 Work and Energy 2 2
7 linear momentum 2
8 Rotational Motion and angular momentum 2 2
9 Mechanical equilibrium and Elasticity 2
10 Fluid Mechanics 2 2
11 Vibrations and waves 2
12 Sound Waves 2 2
13 Electric charge and electric field 2
14 Electric Potential 2 2
15 Electric current 2
16 Magnetism 2 2
17 Electromagnetic waves 2 2
18 Geometric Optics 2 2
19 Physical Optics 2 2
20 Optical instruments 2 2

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 45
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Giancoli et al. (2005) ‗Physics, Principles with Applications‘, (6th edn), Pearson Education,
Inc. ISBN 0-13-191183-x

Materials
 Power point presentation and lecture notes available as soft copy on the GUC intranet.

Relevant websites
 http://wps.prenhall.com/esm_giancoli_physicsppa_6/

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 15%
Assignments (20 assignments) 20% (1% / assignment)
Mid- term exam 25%
Final exam 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions

Practical Part of Physics PHCM 212


Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Explain the concepts and principles of the used physical laws.
2. Recognize the definitions of the basic physical terms and abbreviations.
3. Explain the function of the used experiments‘ apparatuses.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 46
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Practical skills
1. Determine which quantities must be measured to be used in the experimental procedures.
2. Measure all the required physical quantities, perform the experiment using the provided
procedures, and determine the experimental results using the studied physical laws.
3. Calculate the percent uncertainty in a measurement.
4. Estimate the possible sources of errors and suggest how to avoid them.
5. Compare the measured value with the literature value and explain the reason for the difference.

General skills
1. Communicate clearly by verbal means through discussion in Lab session.
2. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources ―reference textbook and net sources‖
3. Use numerical calculation methods as well as information technology tools through problem
solving assignments.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Heat Experiment A: Joule‘s law of heating 4
2 Heat Experiment B: Latent heat of fusion 4
3 Fluid Experiment A: Stokes law and Viscosity 4
4 Fluid Experiment B: Ring Method 4
5 Electricity Experiment A: RC circuit 4
6 Electricity Experiment B: Conductivity of water 4
7 Optics Experiment A: Polarization 4
8 Optics Experiment B: Diffraction grating 4

Learning and teaching methods


 Giancoli et al. Physics, Principles with Applications‗, 6th Edition (2005), Pearson Education,
Inc. ISBN 0-13-191183-x

References
Textbook
 Physics Principles with Applications, Douglas C. Giancoli
Materials
 Laboratory manual

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Final exam 30%
Lab report 70%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 47
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning:


 Laboratory equipped with the chemicals and equipments specified in the laboratory
manual, beamer, computer, smart board and white board.
 Laboratory presentations.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the GUC intranet.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Aladdin Mahmoud Abdul-Latif

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Aladdin Mahmoud Abdul-Latif
E- Mail aladdin.abdul-latif@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 1173
Room number C5-201

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 48
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Biology II (Zoology) PHBL 202


A-Basic Information
Semester number Second semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year First year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Biology
Specialization Biology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week, 2 practical sessions biweekly
Student workload 210 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 7 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Biology II PHBL 202
Aims
This course provides an introduction to the basic patterns, processes and mechanisms of animal
as well as plant development. The primary focus is on vertebrate animals, but the approach is
comparative, drawing on selected invertebrates to illustrate conserved and divergent aspects of
development. The fundamental processes and mechanisms involved in fertilization, morphogenesis,
organogenesis, and sex determination are explored at both cellular and molecular levels. Additionally,
a generalized survey of the prokaryote, protists and particularly animal kingdom based mainly on
study of similarities and differences in their external features with examples from porifera (sponges),
cnidarians, platyhelminthes, nemathelminthes, annelids, molluscs, arthropods, echinoderms and
chordates is carried out. This is followed by a complete survey illustrating body plans throughout the
animal kingdom. This survey includes the topics excretion, digestion, respiration, circulation, nervous
system, hormonal glands, muscles, skin, skeleton, sensory mechanisms and reproduction.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define and explain principles of sexual and asexual reproduction, developmental genetics,
and organ systems of animals in health & disease states as well as basis of genomic &
different biochemical pathways.

Professional & Practical skills


2. Use the proper scientific and medical terms related to sexual and asexual reproduction,
developmental genetics, and organ systems of animals in biology practice.
Intellectual skills
3. Classify, evaluate, and correlate information, experiments, and experimental results needed in
Biology practice.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 49
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General skills
4. Communicate clearly by verbal through tutorial discussions.
5. Review information obtained from lecture slides as well as several text books.
6. Demonstrate time management abilities through pop-quizzes.
7. Assess various characteristics of organisms and interpret their mechanism of reproduction according to
their classification in their respective taxa.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Spermatogenesis, Oogenesis, Fertilization and Cleavage 2 2
2 Gastrulation, Neurulation, Organogenesis and Extra-embryonal 2 2
structures
3 Developmental Genetics and Morphogenesis 2 2
4 Developmental Genetics (continued), Regeneration and Sex 2 2
determination
5 Attributes of living organisms, Basics of Taxonomy, Prokaryotic 2 2
kingdoms, kingdom Protista
6 Kingdom Animalia 2 2
7 Organ Systems of Animals I (Skin and Skeleton) 2 2
8 Organ Systemsof Animals II (Digestion & Excretion) 2 2
9 Organ Systemsof Animals III (Circulation and Respiration) 2 2
10 Organ Systemsof Animals IV (Reproduction and Hormones) 2 2
11 Organ Systems of Animals V (Nervous System) 2 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Life: The Science of Biology by Purves, Sadava, Orians. ISBN 0716738759, 6th edn.,
Freeman 2001.
 Biology by Raven and Johnson. 6th edn. 2002, ISBN 007112613, Mac Graw Hill.
 Biology by Campbell and Reece. 6th edition 2002,ISBN 0-201-75054-6, Benjamin Cunnings
Recommended further reading
 Principles of Development by Wolpert, L.
 Developmental Biology by Gilbert, S.F.
Materials
 Lecture slides and assignments as pdf files available as hard copies in the GUC copy center
and soft copies on the GUC intranet.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 50
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Pop up quiz ( 1 out of 2) 10%
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 30%
Final exam 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white
board and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data
show and explanation to students during lecture sessions

Practical Part of Biology II PHBL 202


Aims
This course provides an introduction to the basic patterns, processes and mechanisms of animal as
well as plant development. The primary focus is on vertebrate animals, but the approach is
comparative, drawing on selected invertebrates to illustrate conserved and divergent aspects of
development. The fundamental processes and mechanisms involved in fertilization, morphogenesis,
organogenesis, and sex determination are explored at both cellular and molecular levels. Additionally,
a generalized survey of the prokaryote, protists and particularly animal kingdom based mainly on
study of similarities and differences in their external features with examples from porifera (sponges),
cnidarians, platyhelminthes, nemathelminthes, annelids, molluscs, arthropods, echinoderms and
chordates is carried out. This is followed by a complete survey illustrating body plans throughout the
animal kingdom. This survey includes the topics excretion, digestion, respiration, circulation, nervous
system, hormonal glands, muscles, skin, skeleton, sensory mechanisms and reproduction.

Course learning outcomes of the practical part of the course:

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
4. Define and use basic principles of microscopy, and histology.

Professional & Practical skills


5. Recall and define basic biological terms needed in the laboratory practice.
6. Handle & dispose chemicals and microscopic slides safely.

Intellectual skills
7. Combine between cognitive function and knowledge and use them in deduction of microscopic
samples.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 51
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General skills
8. Communicate clearly by verbal and written means through laboratory discussions and lab reports.
9. Students use theoretical information and laboratory practice to independently examine and
interpret microscopic specimens.
10. Adopt laboratory safety guidelines.
11. Demonstrate time management abilities through identifying microscopic samples and drawing
these samples during a 3-hour laboratory session.
12. Implement writing skills through writing lab reports.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Safety & lab regulations, principles of microscopy, Koehler 4
illumination, blood cells, & mouth epithelium. (Phase contrast) and
onion scale epidermis.
2 Kingdoms system of life 4
3 Identification of different phases of cell division (Mitosis & meiosis) 4
4 Polytene chromosome, Mouse dissection, & Histology. 4

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions

References
Materials
 Laboratory manual

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Final exam 50%
Lab reports 40%
Lab performance 10%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Laboratory equipped with Microscopes, beamer, computer, smart board and white
board.
 Laboratory presentations.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the intranet.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 52
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Khaled Abou-Aisha
E- Mail khaled.abou-aisha@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2213
Room number B5-107

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 53
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

History of Pharmacy and Biotechnology PHTX 201

A-Basic Information
Semester number 2nd semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year 1st year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Technology
Specialization History of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture biweekly
Student workload 24 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 1 CP

B- Professional Information
Aim

The historic development of the disciplines of Pharmacy and Biotechnology is presented. Starting
from the early records of medical and pharmaceutical practice, and the first uses of living organisms
to generate and improve products, the development of the scientific disciplines during history is
briefly outlined.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. List the basic principles of different civilizations
2. Comprehend the properties and uses of medicinal plants recorded in different aeras.
3. Recall the historical overview of isolation, synthesis, purification, identification, &
standardization methods of pharmaceutical compounds
4.Tell the effect of Arabs on pharmacy and pharmaceutical technology
5. List of the famous Arab scientists
6.Comprehend the notion behind passing on civilization through the translation of books,
exchange of scientists and school
7.Comprehend the development of pharmacopeia from papyrus to the modern one
8. Express the development of Pharmacy in Egypt from the era of Mohamed Aly till the
establishment of the first faculty of Pharmacy at El Kasr El Aini.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 54
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Pharmacy in the Different Civilizations: Ancient Egyptian, 1
Babylonian, Chinese, Greek and Roman (Hippocrates, Theophrastus,
Discoredes, Galen)
2 History of Biotechnology 1
3 Pharmacy in the Different Civilizations(Cont.): in Time of Nysterians 1
and Jacobians; in Persia; in India. Effect of the Arabs on Pharmacy.
Famous Arabic Scientists.
4 Famous Arabic Scientists(Cont.). Influence of The Arabs on 1
Pharmacy Development in Europe. Development of Pharmacopoeias.
Development of Pharmacy in Egypt.
5 History of Biotechnology 1
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes
Learning and teaching methods
Lectures

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Mid-term 50%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of lecture presentations on the intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions with animations

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi
E- Mail nagia.afifi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2198
Room number B5-118

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 55
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutical and Medical Terminology PHTX 211

A-Basic Information
Semester number Second semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year First year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Pharmaceutical and Medical Terminology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions One lecture/2 weeks
Student workload 30 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 1 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

The medical terminology course aims at providing the students with important medical terms that
would help them understanding all medical subjects as (physiology, Pathology pathophysiology,
pharmacology, Microbiologyand Immunology.
It encompasses different body systems as well as, cardiovascular, blood, respiratory, GIT,
etc…Moreover they students are provided with basic medical procedures like history taking and
examination. The course comprises all the basic knowledge needed to pursue their pharmacy career.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Recognize the difference between root, prefix and suffix of a pharmaceutical and
medical terminology, in order to be able to understand different pharmaceutical terms
2. Identify the different sources of information (e.g. pharmacopeia, textbooks,
internet,…etc)
3. Identify different pharmacy careers
4. Recognize the different parts and types of prescriptions (e.g. normal, compounding
and narcotic prescriptions)
5. Specify the different routs of administration
6. Numerate and define different types of dosage forms (oral, rectal, parental and
systemic)
7. Define different dosage forms used for different routs of administration
Professional & Practical Skills

8. Use the proper pharmaceutical & medical terms, abbreviations & symbols in pharmacy practice.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 56
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content No. of Teaching


Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Introduction and important Definitions 2
2 Pharmaceutical Organizations, source of information and 2
Pharmacy Carriers
3 The prescription 2
4 Routes of administration and drug dosage forms 2
5 Medical Terminology I 2
6 Medical Terminology II 2

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures and assignments

References
Materials
PowerPoint presentations, word documents

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Mid-term 40
Final 60

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers
 Availability of lecture presentations on the intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions with animations

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 57
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Ahmed Ihab
E- Mail ahmed.abdel-aziz@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2214
Room number B5-108

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 58
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

German Language II HUMA 212


A-Basic Information
Semester number 2nd semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year 1st year
Department offering the course German Language
Specialization German Language
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 2 Tutorials / week
Student workload 100 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 3 CP

B- Professional Information
Aim
The course provides the students with necessary skills to practice speaking German through
reading text, listening to dialogues, writing text, and speaking in real situation such as introducing
oneself and ask about information Ask about the way, ask about someone‘s profession/job, and talk
about a person‘s regular daily activity

Learning outcome
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

1. tell the time


2. arrange and cancel appointments
3. identify dates on announcements or shields
4. collect information from business cards
5. inquire about people‘s profession
6. express his/her opinion related to the dream jobs
7. classify information in a pamphlet or brochure about places of interest in a city
8. compose a plan for a trip
9. use a map in German to find his/her way
10. ask and describe the way
11. evaluate a graph
12. report his /her the daily routine

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 59
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
1. Grammar
1. Interrogative sentences with ―wann, von wann bis wann?‖
2. Prepositions of time
3. Negation with ―nicht‖ and ―kein‖
4. Past of ―haben‖ and ―sein‖
5. Separable verbs
6. Prepositions with dativ
7. Ordinal numbers
8. Modal verbs
9. Accusative of possessive articles
10. Accusative of ―kein‖
11. Prepositions with accusative

2. Topics covered in the course


Chapter Topic
Chapter 5  Setting appointments
 Daily routine
 Tell the time
Chapter 6  Giving directions in a building
 Means of transportation
Chapter 7  Jobs /Professions
 Daily routine
Chapter 8  Orientation in the city
 Giving Directions
 Planning a trip

Course Schedule
No. of Teaching Hours
 4 hrs per week (2 tutorials).
 Total 48 hrs per the whole course (12 tutorials).

Learning and teaching methods


Practical Exercises in Vocabulary, Speaking, Listening, Reading and Writing.

References
Recommended textbook
Studio d A1

1. Kurs-und Übungsbuch (course book)

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 60
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

2. Sprachtraining (exercise book)

3. Glossary: Vokabeltaschenbuch: German-English

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
2 Quizzes (written) 15%
Mid-Term (computerized) 30 %
Final Exam (computerized) 55%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Tutorial classes equipped with a sound system, computer, smart board and markers.
 Availability of PowerPoint presentations as a soft copy on the GUC student intranet, to be
presented to students during tutorial sessions.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Reem Etman

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Midhat Suleiman
E- Mail midhat.suleiman@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2-170
Room number B3.109

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 61
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

English Language II (Introduction to scientific methods) HUMA


201
A-Basic Information
Semester number 2nd semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year 1st Year
Department offering the course English
Specialization English
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Tutorial/ week
Student workload 30 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 1 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
Introduction to Scientific Method is a course which teaches the basic skills of analyzing
information. Attention is given specially to scientific thinking skills — problem solving, observation,
analysis, making inferences, interpretation, and argumentation in reading, oral and written expression;
in addition to designing a questionnaire and producing a report based on a problem. The course
duration is a one semester, one 90-minute session per week.

Learning outcomes
I. Given a problem, students will be able to present a solution in a written form using the 5 steps
of scientific method with an accuracy level of 90%.

II. Given a situation or a passage of 200 – 500 words, students will be able to distinguish among
positive, negative, and neutral connotations with an accuracy level of 100%.

III. Given a passage of 200 – 500 words, students will be able to:
a. Make inferences with an accuracy level of 100%.
b. Distinguish among observations, facts, opinions, inferences, and assumptions with an
accuracy level of 100%.

IV. Given a written argument, students will be able to:


a. Evaluate whether it is valid, invalid, or faulty with an accuracy level of 100%.
b. Evaluate it in an oral form with an accuracy level of 80%.

V. Given a problem, students will be able to produce a questionnaire to gather data with an accuracy
level of 90%

VI. Given a problem, students will be able to provide a hypothesis to produce a professional business
report based on a student designed questionnaire, with an accuracy level of 80%.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 62
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of
Teaching
Hours
Topic Tutorials
1  Introduction to Critical Thinking ( Critical Thinking Standards) 2
 Problem solving (5 steps of problem-solving)
2  More on Problem Solving 2
In class practice
 Observation skills :Chapter 1
In class practice
3  Facts versus Opinions: 2
Exercises on Facts and Opinions
 Connotations :Chapter 2
4  Inferences: Chapter 4 2
Exercises
5  Assumptions : Chapter 5 2
Exercises on Assumptions
6  SM mideterm 2
7  Reports & questionnaires 2
8  More on Reports & questionnaires 2
9  More on Reports & questionnaires 2
10  What‘s a good argument?: Chapter9 2
11  What‘s a faulty argument? 2
Chapter 10
12  More on fallacies 2
13  SM Final exam 2

Learning and teaching methods


Assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Mayfield, M. (2004). Thinking for Yourself (6th ed.). Boston: Thomson Heinle.

Assessment
40% coursework
 The best 2 quizzes out of 3: 15%
1st individual written assignment on problem solving: 5%
 3 oral discussions: 10%
 Questionnaire 5%
 Report 5%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 63
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Midterm 20%
Final 40%
 Bonus assignment 3%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Tutorial classes equipped with, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and markers.
 Availability of tutorial PowerPoint presentations as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be
presented to students during tutorial sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Mona Osman

Course coordinator contact information

Course Coordinator Ms. Hoda Mounir Mohamed Amin

E- Mail hoda.mounir@guc.edu.eg

Fax +20-2-7581041

Telephone +20-2-7589990-8

Room number B3. 103

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 64
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Third Semester Courses

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 65
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Organic chemistry I PHCM 331

A-Basic Information
Semester number 3rd semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year 2nd year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Specialization Organic chemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ week,
Two practical sessions/week
Student workload 240 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 8 CP

B- Professional Information
Aim

By the end of the course, students are going to have a thorough knowledge on various classes of
aliphatic compounds, their nomenclature, their synthesis, reactions and stereochemistry, besides
knowing the chemical and physical properties of various classes of aliphatics: Hydrocarbons namely
Alkanes, Alkenes, Alkynes, Alkyl halides, Alcohols, Aldehydes, Ketones, Carboxylic acids, Esters,
Amides, and Lactones.
They will master various types of substitution, addition, and elimination reactions and be able to
apply them for synthesis of fast amount of aliphatic compounds. In addition they are going to
understand various types of isomerism (Structural and Stereo), how to synthesize specific isomer. As
well as the conversion achiral molecule into optically active one. They will get familiar with the
effect of isomerism on the direction of chemical reactions

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 66
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Theoretical part of Organic Chemistry I

Learning
By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Discuss the principles of basic and Pharmaceutical sciences
2. Physico-chmeical properties of various chemical compounds
3. Restate the principles of synthesis of Pharmaceutical compounds
4. Recognize the principles of synthesis of organic molecules
Professional & Practical skills
5. Analyze & interpret results
6. Select the appropriate method of synthesis of organic compounds
Intellectual skills
7. Use the proper pharmaceutical terms
General skills
8. Evaluate information from different sources to improve professional competence
9. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem-solving & decision-making abilities
10. Demonstrate creativity & time management abilities

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Hydrocarbons: Alkanes (Structure, Skeletal isomerism, Nomenclature) 2 2
2 Alkanes: Conformations, Physical properties, as biomolecules 2 2
Alkenes: Sturcture & Nomenclature
3 Alkenes: Geometrical isomerism, Physical properties 2 2
Alkanedienes: Structure, Nomenclature
Alkynes: Structure, Nomenclature, Physical properties
Cyclic alkanes/alkenes: Structure, Nomenclature
4 Ring strains, Conformations of cycloalkanes, Comparison between chair 2 2
and boat conformers of cyclohexane, Common Functional Groups
5 Substitution Reactions: Halogenation of Alkanes 2 2
6 Addition to Alkenes: Hydrohalogenation, Halogenation, Halohydrin 2 2
formation, Alcohol synthesis
7 Addition to Alkenes: Free Radical addition of HBr, Syn hydrogenation, 2 2
Addition to Alkynes, Addition to Dienes
The Diels-Alder addition
8 Some Oxidation Reactions: Syn hydroxylation of alkenes – Oxidative 2 2
cleavage of alkenes
Cyclization Reactions: Carbene addition – Epoxide formation
Ring opening reactions: Hydrogenation – Halogenation –

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 67
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Hydrohalogenation
Stereospecific reactions: Dihydroxylation (cis/trans) – Halogenation
(trans)
9 Reactions of Alkyl halides: Nucleophilic substitution reactions (SN1 & 2 2
SN2): Kinetics – Effects of solvent, leaving group & nucleophile
Finkelstein Reaction
10 Elimination Reactions: Dehydrohalogenation – Dehydration of Alcohols, 2 2
Nucleophilic Substitution versus Elimination
11 Oxidation of Alcohols, Cleavage of Ethers 2 2
Aldehydes & Ketones: Structure, Nomenclature, Reactions (Addition of
hydrogen cyanide – Addition of ammonia – Formation of alcohols by
oxidation of aldehydes & ketones - Grignard Reaction - Reduction of
carboxylic acids – Ester Hydrolysis
12 Isomerism: Structural isomerism – Stereoisomerism 2 2
Configurational Isomerism: Chirality – Assignment of absolute
configuration – Fischer Projection – Diastereoisomers – Meso compounds
– Optical activity
Stereochemistry: Generation of a chiral center – Reactions at the optical
center

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 Organic Chemistry (4th edition – International edition), Paula Yurkanis Bruice, Pearson
Education, Inc., Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA, ISBN: 0-13-121730-5

Recommended for reading


 Organic Chemistry – Structure and Function (4th edition), K. Peter C. Vollhardt, Neil E.
Schore, W. H. Freeman & Co., New York, USA, ISBN: 0-7167-4374-4

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 35%
Final 45%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 68
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of lecture presentations on the intranet, animation, Ball and stick models

Practical part of Organic Chemistry I

Aims

This course aids at introducing students to general laboratory rules and policies along with
introduction to general safety regulations applied in organic chemistry laboratory that should
also be applied later in organic chemistry II practical course and in all pharmaceutical
chemistry labs.
This course introduces students to lab apparatus, glassware and facilities such as melting point
apparatus, separating funnel and rotavap, purification of solid organic compounds by
recrystallization, separation of multi-organic components mixture by extraction, identification
of alkanes, alkenes, alkylhalides, alcohols, aldehydes , ketones, phenols, carboxylic acids and
their salts, esters and amines.
Students will be also acquainted with all the principles and tools that they need for
pharmaceutical synthesis that will be applied the next semester in organic chemistry II
practical course, besides providing students with experience in writing scientific articles that
are directly related to pharmaceutical chemistry such as polymers, ozone depletion,
metabolism of some drugs, and photochemical smog.

learning outcomes of the practical part of the course:


By the end of the practical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Discuss principles of basic, pharmaceutical, social, behavioral, management, health &
environmental sciences.
2. Specify the physico-chemical properties of various chemicals used in the reactions.
3. Recall the principles of different qualitative techniques using GLP guidelines.
4. Discuss the principles of isolation, purification and identification methods of pharmaceutical
compounds.
5. Recognize the ethics of healthcare & pharmacy profession.

Professional & Practical skills


6. Use the proper pharmaceutical terms.
7. Handle & dispose chemicals & pharmaceutical preparations safely.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 69
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

8. Extract, isolate, purify and identify active substances from different origins.
9. Apply techniques used in operating some pharmaceutical equipment & instruments.
10. Analyze the results of practical experiments
Intellectual skills
11. Select the appropriate methods of isolation, purification and identification of various active
substances.
12. Analyze & interpret experimental results
General skills
13. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means.
14. Use of information technology tools.
15. Adopt ethical & safety guidelines.
16. Implement writing skills via projects.
17. Work effectively in team.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Introduction to General Laboratory Rules, Policies, Safety, Lab 4
Apparatus, Glassware and Facilities

2 The purification of solid organic compounds by recrystallization 4

3 Separation of Multi-Organic Components Mixture by Extraction 4

4 Identification of alkanes, alkenes, alkylhalides and alcohols 4

5 Identification of Aldehydes, Ketones and phenols 4

6 Identification of carboxylic acids their salts, esters and amines 4

7 Identification of alkanes,alkenes,alkylhalide, alcohols, aldehydes, 4


ketones,,phenols, carboxylic acids, their salts, esters and amines

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 70
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory Session, Laboratory reports, evaluation of student‘s laboratory performance, oral question
and discussions

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Class work/ Practical session
Each lab represents 7%
Following the safety regulations 2% 50%
Punctuality 2%
Post protocol questions 3%
Report 20%
Final 30%

References
Recommended textbook
 Different sources such as Vogel
Recommended for reading
 CRC handbook of chemistry and physics

Facilities required for teaching & learning:


 Computer, beamer, smart board, white board and markers

 Availability of PowerPoint presentations with Video Demonstrations and lab report


on the intranet that are used for data show and explanation to students during the
sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin
E- Mail nazih.noureldin.guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2196
Room number B5-129

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 71
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Physical Chemistry PHCM 341

A-Basic Information
Semester number Third semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Specialization Physical Chemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial biweekly, and 2 practical sessions
biweekly
Student workload 140 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Physical Chemistry PHCM 341
Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Explain the basic principles of chemical kinetics, enzyme kinetics, catalysis, thermodynamics
and photochemistry.
2. Recognize the roles of the chemical kinetics, enzyme kinetics, catalysis, thermodynamics and
photochemistry in the pharmaceutical industry.
3. Identify the physicochemical equations, rules, and reaction mechanisms of chemical kinetics,
enzyme kinetics, catalysis, thermodynamics and photochemistry.
4. Identify the principles of conventional analytical methods and techniques.
5. Determine the implications of changes to the thermodynamic process in order to increase the
efficiency and effectiveness of the power plant.
6. Recognize the techniques for developing and testing reaction mechanisms.
7. Recognize the sources of pollutants in industry, the conventional methods, and the new
technologies of waste water treatment as well as the advantages and disadvantages of each
method.

Professional skills
8. Design and analyze theoretically the thermal and fluidic engineering components and
systems, in particular, heat exchangers.
9. Use the proper terms, symbols, and abbreviations.
10. Streamline chemical-kinetic researches in an organization.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 72
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills
11. Analyze reaction mechanisms of complicated reactions related to chemical kinetics, enzyme
kinetics, catalysis, thermodynamics and photochemistry.
12. Exhibit comparisons and kinetic classification of reactions.
13. Analyze the influence of different reaction conditions on the experimental data.
14. Use the physicochemical equations and rules of chemical kinetics, enzyme kinetics, catalysis,
thermodynamics and photochemistry, and perform the required calculations.
15. Correlate science with natural phenomenon.

General & transferable skills


16. Converse with both experimentalists and theoreticians on a technical level.
17. Enter the specified sites and links to deepen the understanding, to see the latest related
animated experiments, and to deepen their knowledge about the different methods of
calculation.
18. Implement efficient writing skills.
19. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem-solving & decision- making abilities in discussing the
answers of the tutorial questions.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to chemical Kinetics 2
2 Measuring the Rate of a Reaction 2 2
3 Factors affecting the rate of reaction 2
4 Experimental considerations for rate measurement 2 2
5 Catalysis 2
6 Kinetics of Enzyme-Catalyzed Reactions 2 2
7 Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer 2
8 Heat exchanger design 2 2
9 Spectroscopy and Photochemistry 2
10 Spectroscopy and Photochemistry 2 2
11 Advanced Photochemical Processes 2
12 Advanced Photochemical Processes part II 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lecture, tutorial, and assignments.

References
Recommended textbook
 Atkins P., de Paula J., Physical Chemistry 9th Edition (2009), Oxford University Press, ISBN
978-0199543373

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 73
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Materials
 Power point presentation, lecture handout in PDF as hard copy, and soft copy in GUC
intranet.
Relevant web sites
 http://www-teach.ch.cam.ac.uk/teach/IA/KCR_full.pdf
 http://www.i-aps.org/photopointers.html

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Assignments 10%
Quizzes ( Best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 30%
Final exam 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions.

Practical Part of Physical Chemistry PHCM 341

Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Recognize the basic principles of acidity and alkalinity, catalysis, and partition coefficient.
2. Specify the physico-chemical properties and the different factors affecting various reactions.
3. Identify the principles of using the pH-meter.

Professional & Practical skills


4. Handle & dispose the provided chemicals and dyes safely.
5. Conduct the assigned practical experiments.

Intellectual skills
6. Analyze & interpret the experimental results and perform the required calculations.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 74
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General skills
7. Communicate clearly by verbal means through the oral exam at the end of each laboratory session.
8. Write the laboratory report in a proper way.
9. Work effectively independently or in teams.
10. Use numeracy, and calculation & statistical methods as well as information technology tools in
performing the required calculations.
11. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities In discussing the
answers of the practical oral exam questions inside the laboratory sessions.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Three Components System 4
2 Partition Coefficient 4
3 Homogenous Catalytic Decomposition of Hydrogen Peroxide 4
4 Equilibrium Constant 4
5 Determination of pka of Weak Acid by Potentiometric Titration 4
6 4
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions

References
Materials
 Physical Chemistry PHCMp 341 Student Laboratory manual.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Laboratory performance 60%
Lab Behavior 10%
Final Sheet 30%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Laboratory equipped with the specified chemicals, Microscope, beamer, computer, smart
board and white board.
 Laboratory presentations.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the GUC intranet.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 75
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Tarek Hashim
E- Mail tarek.hashem@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 1154
Room number C7-108

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 76
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmacognosy I PHBL 303

A-Basic Information
Semester number Third semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Biology
Specialization Pharmacognacy
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ 2weeks,
Two practical session/week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aim

The course is designed to introduce the background on general botany necessary for the future
courses on Pharmaceutical Biology and Pharmaceutical Biotechnology. It is a multidisciplinary
course tackling topics in plant morphology, anatomy, physiology and taxonomy. In most of its parts,
the course is highly descriptive introducing the jargon needed to identify and describe different plant
organs and their tissue types and to refer a given species to its correct taxonomical position. In
addition, basic physiological concepts of the plant development and secondary metabolism are
discussed. An introduction to general ecology will be also included.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 77
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Theoretical part of Pharmacognosy I PHBL 303

learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Understand and discuss the structure and function of the plant cells.
2. Recognize and describe the different types of plant tissues.
3. Recognize and describe the external features of different plant organs.
4. Explain the fundamentals of plant taxonomy based on floral structure.
5. Identify the taxonomical group to which a plant belongs.
6. Recognize the basic principles behind signaling in plants.
7. Recognize and discuss the basic terms of ecology.

Professional & Practical skills


8. Classify new plant species throughout describing the external and internal features
9. Explain known ethno-botanical applications of some plants
10. operate the preliminary screening steps for novel drug discovery
11. Relate the presence or absence of a certain plant species to the prevalent
environmental conditions

Intellectual skills
12. Link the available information on taxonomical data to the potential presence of plant
natural products.

General skills
13. Communicate scientific information in a clear and concise manner both orally and in
writing.
14. Employ critical thinking to solve problems especially in area of Pharmacognosy.
15. Practice independent learning required building up knowledge base.
16. Demonstrate critical thinking, and problem-solving abilities

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 78
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Plant Cells and Tissues 2 1
2 Morphology and Anatomy of Roots 2 1
3 Morphology and Anatomy of Shoots (a-Stems) 2 1
4 Morphology and Anatomy of leaves 2 1
5 Kingdom Fungi 2 1
6 Systematic botany 1 (Bryophytes, Pterophytes,gymnosperms) 2 1
7 Systematic botany 2- Angiosperms 2 1
8 An introduction to the taxonomy of flowering plants 2 1
9 Plant responses to external and internal signals 2 1
10 Introduction to Ecology 2 1

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures and tutorials

References
Recommended textbook
 Pharmazeutische Biologie
Recommended further reading

 Plant Systematics, A Phylogenetic Approach, 2nd ed, Sinauer Press; Chapter 29 in


―Campbell‘s Biology‖ 8th ed., or Ch 29 in ―Life-The Science of Biology‖ 7th ed.

 Campbell‘s Biology‖ 8th ed., or Ch 37 in ―Life-The Science of Biology‖ 7th ed.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 35%
Final 45%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 79
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning:


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented
to students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

Practical part of Pharmacognosy I PHBL 303

Learning outcomes
By the end of the practical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Specify the different principles of plant cell components, besides defining the associated
pharmaceutical term
2. Record the principles of drawing floral diagram and writing floral formula
3. Comprehend the principles of proper documentation
4. Identify main plant tissues and compare between different permanent tissues
5. Identify the specific feature of each part in the plant
6. Identify the anatomy of different types of roots and stems
7. Describe the morphology of the root, stem and leaves
8. Define kingdom fungi and Identify different organisms of fungi, besides recognizing their
different parts
9. Recognize the life cycle of different sp. Of kingdom plantae
10. Apply the general rules needed to draw the floral diagram
11. Label the plant cell tissues and components
12. Draw and Label the monocot and dicot stem, root and leaves
13. Label parts of fungi and differentiate between organisms of fungi
14. Label different phyla of kingdom plantae

Professional & Practical skills


15. Use the proper abbreviations, terms & symbols to describe the flower
16. Know abbreviations like C.S. cross section and L.S. longitudinal section
17. Use the proper botanical name using the attained rules to describe the morphology of the
plant
18. Apply sample preparation procedure before the application of kohler illumination
19. Apply Kohler illumination and recognize the key element of each slide under the
microscope.

Intellectual skills
20. Dissect a flower properly

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 80
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General skills
21. Communicate clearly by verbal means through laboratory discussions
22. Adopt safety guidelines
23. Demonstrate critical thinking to differentiate between slides.
24. Implement drawing skills.
25. Implement drawing skills

Topics covered in the practical part of the course (practical course content):
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 The plant cell 3
2 Types of Plant Tissues 3
3 Anatomy of stems, Anatomy of roots 3
4 Anatomy of old dicot stem and leaves 3
5 Key for the morphological description of a cormophyte 3
6 Kingdom fungi 3
7 Kingdom plantae 3
8 Kingdom Plantae: Angiosperms 3

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory Session, Laboratory Reports, Evaluation of student‘s laboratory performance and oral
questions/discussions.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 35%
Final 45%

References
Recommended textbook
 Laboratory handouts

Facilities required for teaching & learning:


 Computer, beamer, smart board, white board and markers

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 81
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

 Handouts in PDF format as hard copy, and soft copy posted into GUC intranet,
Photomicrographs of relevant material, also posted into GUC intranet folder

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Khaled Mohamed Abou Aisha
E- Mail khaled.abou-aisha@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2213
Room number B5.107

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 82
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutics I (Orientation and Physical Pharmacy) PHTC 311

A-Basic Information
Semester number Third semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Technology
Specialization Orientation and Physical Pharmacy
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week One Lecture/ week ,One Tutorial/ Two week,

Student workload 150 hrs


Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aim

This course provides the student with good knowledge to study some physical pharmacy principles
applicable to various topics of pharmaceutics and to focus on the theories behind phenomena needed
for dosage forms design. The course is of necessity, largely mathematical and problem solving,
consistent with the material being taught. The course gives the students the basic knowledge about
the different principles about solution and stability and the ability to apply these properties to
in vitro and in vivo pharmaceutical situations, besides the principles of complexation and
their affect on in vitro and in vivo pharmaceutical situations.
Emphasis is also given to the state of matter and phase equilibria and to recognize the
difference between physical states and understand how the state may affect a dosage
formulation. It also focuses on the buffer used in pharmacy and its application in the
formulation of liquid dosage forms and on listing the various physical-chemical parameters
that must be considered in the design of dosage forms and administration of drugs.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 83
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Theoretical part of Pharmaceutics I PHTC 311

Learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define and illustrate pharmaceutical dosage forms and products and related concepts
2. Explain the physico- chemical properties pharmaceutical dosage forms and products and
related concepts
3. Describe the properties of different pharmaceutical dosage forms and its applications

Professional & Practical skills


4. Apply techniques used in operating pharmaceutical equipment & instruments

Intellectual skills
5. Apply pharmaceutical knowledge in various pharmaceutical concepts

General skills
6. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources to improve professional
competencies.
7. Work effectively in team.
8. Implement writing & presentation skills.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Solutions I 2 2
2 Solutions II 2 2
3 Buffers and Buffer Systems 2 2
4 Solubility and Distribution Coefficient 2 2
5 Adsorption and Interfacial Phenomenon 2 2
6 Rheology 2 2
7 Powders I 2 2
8 Powders II 2 2
9 Liquid dosage forms I 2 2
10 Liquid dosage forms II 2 2
11 Liquid dosage forms such as gargle, eye lotion solution 2 2
12 Sweet or viscid and non aqueous pharmaceutical solutions 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 84
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 Physical Pharmacy & Pharmaceutical Sciences, Fifth Edition 2006 .
 Remington, the Science &Practice of Pharmacy, 21Th Edition , 2005

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Rania Hathout
E- Mail rania.hathout@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Room number B5-134

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 85
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Physiology and Anatomy I PHTX 301

A-Basic Information
Semester number Third Semester
Semester type Winter
Study year Second Year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Physiology and Anatomy
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 2 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ 2weeks,
1 Practical session/ 2weeks
Student workload 140 hours
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

The goal of the Physiology course I is to provide the students with a fundamental
understanding of the physiological basis of human body. The physiology of the following systems
will be covered in this course: 1) nervous system including; nerve and muscle, autonomic system,
central nervous system and special senses. 2) Blood and immunity. 3) Cardiovascular system. The
essential concepts of physiology and mechanisms of body function are presented at various levels of
organization ranging from the cellular and molecular, to the tissue and organ system level. Emphasis
is also placed on understanding the integrated regulation of various body processes among several
systems. The study of this physiology course aim to give the pharmacy students a solid medical
background needed for application of such knowledge in their pharmacy field.

Theoretical part of Physiology and Anatomy I PHTX 301

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Get familiar with the Physiology of different organs and knowing their related basic mechanisms of
action.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 86
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

2. Discuss the basic principles of normal body function in health as well as emphasis on
pathophysiological changes in certain organs that result in some clinical disorders.

Professional & Practical skills


3. Correlate specific structure of different body organs with their related functions.
4. Interpret the mechanism of action of various body organs and their alteration in diverse clinical
conditions.
5. Apply their understanding of the physiology knowledge in problem solving clinical cases.

Intellectual skills
6. Use the proper medical terms and being aware with medical procedures related to pharmacy
practice.

General skills
7. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means through tutorial discussions and conducting pop
quizzes
8. Work effectively in team.
9. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development
10. Implement writing & presentation skills

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Nervous system I 2
2 Nervous system II 2
3 Nervous system III 2 1
4 The muscle I 2
5 The muscle II 2 1
6 Spinal cord and autonomic nervous system I 2
7 Autonomic nervous system 2 1
8 The synapse 2
9 CNS-Neurotransmitter- brain 2 1
10 Special senses 2
11 Special senses 2 1
12 Special senses – The skin 2
13 Blood and immunity I 2
14 Blood and immunity II 2
15 Blood and immunity III 2 1
16 Blood and immunity IV 2
17 Blood and immunity V 2 1
18 Cardiac properties (I- Excitability) 2
19 Cardiac properties II 2 1
20 Cardiovascular system (The Electrocardiogram) 2
21 The cardiac cycle and Cardiac Out Put 2 1
22 The vascular system I 2
23 The Vascular system II 2 1
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 87
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

24 Regulation of Arterial Blood pressure (ABP) 2


Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook

 Vander, Sherman & Luciano‘s Human Physiology (9th Edition). McGraw-Hill, 2004
ISBN 0-07-243793-6.
 Textbook of medical physiology, Guyton & Hall (11th edition) Elsevier Saunders, ISBN
0-7216-0240-1.
 Ganong, W. F. (Ed.), Review of medical physiology (21st edition). Lange Medical
Books, ISBN 0-07-140236-5.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 15%
Class work 5%
Tutorial participation 3%
Pop quiz 2%
Seminar (essay or presentation) 5%
Mid-term 25%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be
presented to students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 88
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Practical part of Physiology and Anatomy I PHTX 301

Aim
This physiology laboratory is a virtual lab which instructs pharmacy students as effectively as
hands-on laboratories. The simulation program includes nerve experiments (as recording the action
potential & conduction velocity), muscle experiments (as recording tetanus, fatigue), membrane
potential (as recording ion channel activity). The aim of this virtual lab is mainly to support and to
strengthen the theoretical physiology course for better understanding. Beside the virtual lab, the
students learn some practical skills of clinical use such as ECG recording and identifying blood
groups.

learning outcomes of the practical part of the course:


By the end of the practical part the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Get familiar with basic principles underlying the measurement of different physiological
parameters.
2. Discuss the basic principles of normal body functions with strength on some of the facts
and knowledge learned in lectures
3. Laboratory assessment of physiological functions of certain body systems (nerve and
muscle, blood, cardiovascular systems).

Professional & Practical skills


4. Analyze & interpret experimental results and correlate them to physiological and
pathophysiological standards.

Intellectual skills
5. Acquire clinical skills and apply them while dealing with medical devices.
6. Conduct research studies & analyze the results related to different physiological
experiments.

General skills
7. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means
8. Work effectively in team
9. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development.
10. Adopt safety and ethical guidelines.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 89
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Patch clamp technique 1
2 Nerve experiments 1
3 Muscle experiments 1
4 Heart perfusion experiments 1
5 Electrocardiogram and blood grouping 1
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Computer software, Lab manual and Lab report

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
5 Practical sessions 20% / Session
Lab report 10%
Lab Quiz 10%

References
Materials
 Vander, Sherman & Luciano‘s Human Physiology (9th Edition). McGraw-Hill

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Computer, beamer, smart board, white board and markers
 Availability of PowerPoint presentations with Video Demonstrations and lab report on
the intranet that are used for data show and explanation to students during the sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator Administrative Information


Course Coordinator Dr. Nadia Yassin
E- Mail nadia.yassin@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2201
Room number B5 125
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 90
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

German Language III HUMA 313

A-Basic Information
Semester number Third semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the course German Language
Specialization German Language
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 2 Tutorials / week
Student workload 100 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 3 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
The course enhances the student‘s reading skill by practicing collecting information from a
diary, evaluating a graph, performing comprehension tasks. It also enhances listening, speaking, and
writing capability

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

1. collect information from a diary


2. compose his/her diary in German
3. tell where and how people spend the vacation
4. describe activities done during the vacation
5. report on an accident
6. shop in a supermarket or fresh market
7. inquire about the price
8. express one‘s preferences (e.g. food and beverages)
9. describe person‘s looking and outfit
10. describe the weather
11. ask people about their state of health
12. conduct a conversation with a physician
13. give people advice (concerning health and fitness)
14. write a postcard

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 91
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content

1. Grammar
1. Present Perfect.
2. Prepositions of time.
3. Comparison of the adjectives: gern, viel, gut.
4. Interrogative pronoun: Welch-
5. Verb: mögen.
6. Adjective declination.
7. Demonstrative articles: dies-
8. Imperative (du, ihr, Sie).
9. Personal pronouns in accusative.
10. Modal verb: dürfen.

2. Topics covered in the course

Chapter Topic
Chapter 9  vacation
 seasons and months
 Activities and incidents on vacation
Chapter 10  Shopping in the Supermarket
 Food and beverages
 Prices and Quantities
 Speaking about the food
Chapter 11  Clothes and weather
Chapter 12  Fitness and health
 Doctor‘s visit
 Giving advice

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Course Schedule
No. of Teaching Hours
 4 hrs per week (2 tutorials).
 Total 48 hrs per the whole course (12 tutorials).

Learning and teaching methods


Practical Exercises in Vocabulary, Speaking, Listening, Reading and Writing.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 92
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Recommended textbook
Studio d A1

1. Kurs-und Übungsbuch (course book)

2. Sprachtraining (exercise book)

3. Glossary: Vokabeltaschenbuch: German-English

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
2 Quizzes (written) 15%
Mid-Term (computerized) 30 %
Final Exam 55%
(computerized and oral
exam)

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Tutorial classes equipped with a sound system, computer, smart board and markers.
 Availability of PowerPoint presentations as a soft copy on the GUC student intranet, to be
presented to students during tutorial sessions.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Reem Etman

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Midhat Suleiman
E- Mail midhat.suleiman@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2-170
Room number B3.109

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 93
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

English Language III (Communication & presentation skills) HUMA


314
A-Basic Information
Semester number Third semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the course English
Specialization English
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Tutorial/ week
Student workload 30 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 1 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
Communication and Presentation Skills is a course which introduces students to various types
of oral communication. It aims at equipping students with the basic skills needed for college
presentations as well as for career presentations. It fosters team work spirit in problem solving in the
students while trying to teach them to become effective team leaders and active team members during
group discussions. It also prepares the students to handle working in multicultural firms with
maximum efficiency and minimum miscommunication. The course duration is one semester, two 90-
minute sessions per week.

Learning outcomes:

Given a 10 minute presentation or a 10 minute excerpt from a longer presentation, students will
be able to:
a. Recognize the type of speaking.
b. Analyze its structure.
c. Evaluate the appropriateness of the presentation for the intended audience.
d. Evaluate the scope of the topic.
e. Evaluate the clarity of the purpose.
f. Evaluate the appropriateness of the presented information to the selected topic.
g. Evaluate the adequacy of the support used.
h. Evaluate the use of visuals.
i. Evaluate the use of body language.
j. Evaluate the use of stress, intonation, voice level, and pacing.
k. Evaluate the use of handouts.
l. Evaluate time management efficiency with an accuracy level of 100 %.

Given an academic or a career related topic, students will be able to prepare a 15 minute
presentation by:
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 94
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

a. Narrowing down the topic.


b. Identifying the intended audience.
c. Defining the purpose.
d. Using the appropriate speaking strategies (informative, persuasive).
e. Finding an adequate amount of information.
f. Use adequate support.
g. Organize the speech (introduction, body, and conclusion).
h. Outline the speech.
i. Choose appropriate visuals.
j. Design effective visuals.
k. Design effective handouts.
l. Choose appropriate style.
m. Budget time effectively with an accuracy level of 95%.

Given an academic or a career related topic, students will be able to deliver a 15 minute
presentation by:
a. Facing audience with no apparent nervousness.
b. Present the information effectively.
c. Present support effectively.
d. Present the visuals skillfully.
e. Make effective use of handouts (timing, reference).
f. Use appropriate stress, tone, voice level, and pacing.
g. Use appropriate body language.
h. Speak clearly.
i. Maintain the audience interest.
j. Demonstrate time management efficiency with an accuracy level of 90 %.

Given a problem for group discussion, given a role in a team, and given 20 minutes, the students will
be able to:
a. Effectively use the steps for active problem solving.
b. Effectively use the steps to being an active group leader.
c. Effectively use the steps to being a responsible group member.
d. Avoid miscommunication.
e. Clarify their intentions.
f. Use interpersonal communication styles.
g. Use direct and indirect communication styles.
h. Demonstrate awareness of nonverbal gestures.
i. Demonstrate awareness of cultural differences.
j. Analyze the topic from different aspects with an accuracy level of 90%.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 95
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of
Teaching
Hours
Topic Tutorials
1 Introduction to public speaking, controlling nervousness, types of public 2
speaking, audience, topic purpose, central idea, introduction, body, conclusion,
outline (Chs 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17)
2 finding info, & supporting ideas , visual aids, informative speech (Chs 6, 7, 8, 9, 2
& 15)
3 Introduction (individual mini presentation) 2
4 Introduction (individual mini presentation) 2
5 Group presentation 1 2
6 Computerized midterm + 2
Introduction to persuasive speech
7 Persuasive speech & good delivery videos (chapters 16 & 17) 2
8 More on persuasive speech & good delivery 2
9 Group presentation 2 2
10 Group discussion for problem solving 2
Supplementary material (chapters 7,8,&9)
11 In class discussion & feedback 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes
Learning and teaching methods
Assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Gregory, H. (2005). Public speaking for college and career with speech mate 3.0, 7th edition.
McGraw Hill, Higher Education: USA.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Mini-group presentation 5%
2 quizzes 20%
Mid-term group presentation 20%
Problem solving group discussions 25%
Final individual peer reviewed 30%
videotaped presentation

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 96
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning

 Tutorial classes equipped with, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and markers.
 Availability of tutorial PowerPoint presentations as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be
presented to students during tutorial sessions.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Mona Osman

Course coordinator contact information

Course Coordinator Ms. Dahlia Hassan Sennara

E-mail dahlia.sennara@guc.edu.eg

Fax +20-2-7581041

Telephone +20-2-7589990-8

Room number B3.103

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 97
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Fourth Semester Courses

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 98
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Organic chemistry II PHCM 431

A-Basic Information
Semester number Fourth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Specialization Organic chemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ week,
Two practical sessions/week
Student workload 240 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 8 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

The students will acquire a thorough knowledge on various types of aromatic compounds, their
nomenclature, synthesis, reactions, and properties in particular, aromaticity and resonance.
In addition, they are going to understand various types of electrophilic types of aromatic substitution
and their mechanisms and application in the synthesis of various aromatic derivatives as well as
factors affecting reactivity and orientation.
The student should also know specific examples of nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions,
chemical properties of various classes of aromatics, including amines, phenols as well as aromatic
alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, and aromatic acids, including various means of their synthesis and
derivatizations, besides knowing some of the most common examples of polynuclear aromatics, their
reactions and their synthesis, heterocyclic compounds including alkaloids, some others such as
pyrroles, pyridines, furans and thiophenes in addition to fused ring heterocycles.
Throughout the course, the student should learn methods of synthesis of certain aromatics including
Saccharin, Salicylic acid, cinnamic acid, naphthalene and some of its alpha and beta substituted
derivatives.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 99
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Theoretical part of Organic Chemistry II

Learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Discuss the principles of basic and Pharmaceutical sciences
2. Restate the principles of synthesis of Pharmaceutical compounds
3. Recognize the principles of organic synthesis of organic molecules

Professional & Practical skills


4. Use the proper pharmaceutical terms

Intellectual skills

5. Analyze & interpret results.


6. Select the appropriate methods of synthesis of organic compounds of different functionalities

General skills
7. Evaluate information from different sources to improve professional competence.
8. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem-solving & decision-making abilities.
9. Demonstrate creativity & time management skills

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Benzene and its derivatives-resonance energy-Huckel criteria for 2 2
aromaticity-aromatic anion-annulenes-nomenclature of aromatic
molecules
2 Electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions: halogenation-nitration- 2 2
sulphonation-
Alkenes: Structure & Nomenclature
3 Friedel-Craft alkylation of aromatic compounds: 2 2
Using alkyl halides, using alcohols and using alkenes.
Friedel-Craft acylation of aromatic compounds:
4 Reactivity and orientation-electrophilic substitution: substituted effect, 2 2
theory of directing effects, some synthesis approaches. Side chain
reactions of alkylbenzenes. oxidation of arenes using potassium
permanganate

5 Aromatic amines and their reactions with Nitrous acid 2 2


Reactions of Diazonium salts.
Preparation of Halobenzenes
Preparation of Halophenols
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 100
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

6 Phenols: Structure & Nomenclature 2 2


Synthesis of Phenols: Laboratory & Industrial methods.
Phenolate ions and their most common reactions; nitration, Halogenation
and Kolbe-Schmidt synthesis of Salicylic acid.
7 I. Gatterman‘s aldehyde synthesis 2 2
II. Reactions involving the carbonyl group
a) Aldol condensation
b) Cannizaro‘s reaction
c) Wittig‘s reaction
d) Claisen reaction
e) Perkin condensation
f) Knoevenagel reaction g) Mannish equation
8 I. Preparation of aromatic alcohols from carbonyl compounds: 2 2
a) Reduction of aldehydes/ketones b) using Grignard‘s reaction.
II. Conversion of aldehydes/ketones to acetal and hemiacetal/hemiketal
intermediates.
III. Preparation of Imines.
IV. Addition of HCN
V. Reactions involving Enolate ion.
9 Nucleophilic Aromatic substitution 2 2

10 Polynuclear aromatic compounds: 2 2


Nomenclature, resonance structures, stabilities, substitution reactions.
Reactivity and Regioselectivity.
Synthesis of Naphthalene and Anthracene
11 Heterocyclic compounds: 2 2
Alkaloids, chemistry of aromatic heterocyclic compounds (pyrrole,
pyridine, Furan, Thiophene)
Fused-ring heterocycles
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 Organic Chemistry (4th edition – International edition), Paula Yurkanis Bruice, Pearson
Education, Inc., Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA, ISBN: 0-13-121730-5

Recommended for reading


 Organic Chemistry – Structure and Function (4th edition), K. Peter C. Vollhardt, Neil E.
Schore, W. H. Freeman & Co., New York, USA, ISBN: 0-7167-4374-4

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 101
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 35%
Final 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of lecture presentations on the intranet, animation, Ball and stick models

Practical part of Organic Chemistry II

Aims

This course aids students to get familiarized with the application of general laboratory rules,
policies, safety regulations, dealing effectively with lab apparatus, glassware and facilities which
were introduced to in organic chemistry I course.
This course introduces students to the basic applications of pharmaceutical synthesis that will be
later applied extensively in pharmaceutical chemistry laboratories. In addition to performing some
major experiments as application to what has been discussed in the lectures such as esterification,
diels alder reaction, friedel-crafts acylation.
Students will synthesis some pharmaceutical drugs such as Acetanilide, Aspirin and Paracetamol.
This course will introduce to basics and application of green chemistry. Additionally, it will
expand the students‘ experience in writing scientific articles that are directly related to
pharmaceutical chemistry such as, alkaloides, and Carcinogens.

learning outcomes of the practical part of the course:


By the end of the practical part the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Discuss the principles of basic, pharmaceutical, social, behavioral, management, health &
environmental sciences.
2. Specify the physico-chemical properties of various substances used in preparation of
various substances used in preparation of some simple medicines.
3. Recall the principles of isolation, synthesis, purification, identification, of pharmaceutical
compounds
4. Reviw the principles of drug synthesis.
5. Comprehend the methods of pharmaceutical calculations.
6. Recognize the ethics of healthcare & pharmacy profession.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 102
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

7. Discuss the principles of management including financial resources.

Professional & Practical skills


8. Select the appropriate methods of isolation, synthesis, purification, identification of
various active substances.
9. Analyze & interpret experimental results

Intellectual skills
10. Use the proper pharmaceutical terms
11. Handle & dispose chemicals & pharmaceutical preparations safely.
12. Extract, isolate, synthesize, purify, identify, active substances
13. Apply techniques used in operating pharmaceutical equipment & instruments.
14. Analyze the results of practical experiments.
General skills
15. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means
16. Work effectively in team.
17. Use numeracy, calculation as well as information technology tools.
18. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development.
19. Adopt ethical & safety guidelines.
20. Demonstrate time management abilities.
21. Implement writing skills.
22. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem solving & decision making abilities

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Diels-Alder Reaction: Anthracene + maleic anhydride, calculation of 4
theoretical and percentage yield
2 Esterification Reaction 4

3 Grignard Reaction – Synthesis of Triphenylmethanol 4


4 Synthesis of Analgesics:1) preparation of Aspirin:Acylation of 4
salicylic acid(O- Acylation) 2) Preparation of Paracetamol (Acylation
of p-amino phenol (N-acylation)
5 Electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction-nitration of acetanilide
6 Aldol Condensation – Synthesis of Dibenzalacetone,Cannizzaro 4
Reaction of benzaldehyde and p-nitrobenzaldehyde and Benzoin
condensation
7 Diazotisation and coupling reactions 4

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 103
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods

Laboratory Session, Laboratory reports, evaluation of student‘s laboratory performance, oral question
and discussions

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Class work/ Practical session
Each lab represents 7%
Following the safety regulations 2% 50%
Punctuality 2%
Post protocol questions 3%
Report 20%
Final 30%

References
Recommended textbook
 Different sources such as Vogel
Recommended for reading
 CRC handbook of chemistry and physics

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Computer, beamer, smart board, white board and markers
 Availability of PowerPoint presentations with Video Demonstrations and lab report
on the intranet that are used for data show and explanation to students during the
sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin
E- Mail nazih.noureldin.guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2196
Room number B5-129

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 104
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General and Pharmaceutical Microbiology PHBT 401

A-Basic Information
Semester number Fourth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the course Microbiology and Immunology
Specialization Microbiology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week, 2 Practical sessions /week
Student workload 210 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 7 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
This first part of the course consists of an integrated lectures designed to familiarize students
with cellular, molecular and biochemical aspects of General & Pharmaceutical Microbiology. It
focuses on the microbial cell and the function, nutritional and growth requirements, basics of cellular
metabolism and finally methods employed to control microbial growth in vitro (antiseptics and
disinfectants) and in vivo (chemotherapeutic agents).

The second part of the course focuses on Medical Bacteriology. It provides the students with the
scientific basis for understanding basic principles of infectious diseases caused by bacteria and their
impact on human health. More emphasis is given to the relationship between microbes, the immune
system, and disease outcomes, factors involved in bacterial pathogenesis, spread of bacterial
infections in hospitals and in communities, and identifying and treatment of such infections caused by
bacteria. Throughout the course, students are challenged with clinical cases that simulate actual
patient settings in order to enhance their ability to correlate the clinical picture with laboratory
information to establish a diagnosis and to prepare and train them for their future career related to
patients and medical staffs counseling.

Theoretical Part of General and Pharmaceutical Microbiology PHBT 401


Course
learning outcomes of the theoretical part of the course:
By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Explain and discuss the structure and function of the bacterial cell.
2. Describe the distinctive properties of bacteria such as staining reactions, morphology, and
biochemical and antigenic characteristics.
3. Describe the bacterial growth requirements and bacterial catabolic reactions of proteins,
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 105
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

carbohydrates and lipids.


4. Explain antimicrobial targets in the microorganisms
5. Describe the common microorganisms associated with specific clinical diseases and what
factors are involved in pathogenesis, the methods of diagnosis and available antibiotics for
the treatment
6. Recognize the difference between overt pathogens, opportunistic and normal flora
7. Describe the mechanism by which the bacteria can evade the immune system and the
mechanism of response of the immune system to eliminate bacteria.

Professional & Practical skills


8. Apply knowledge to serve in health care and community pharmacy settings
9. Advising patients in regards to diseases related to bacterial infections.
10. Maintain public awareness on bacteria and bacteria and bacteria related diseases, and the
impact of misuse of antibiotics
11. Employ and adopt safety guidelines in dealing with bacteria as biohazards.
12. Use proper terms related to bacteria and bacterial diseases
13. Predict whether a given bacterial species would be able to grow at a given environment based
on the nutritional requirement and the catabolic capability.

Intellectual skills
14. Diagram the bacterial cell wall in representative bacterial species.
15. Distinguish between different classes of antibiotics and non antibiotics based on their modes
of actions and their target sites.
16. Propose relevant types of antimicrobial agents upon identifying bacteria and their target sites.
17. Correlate the clinical picture associated bacterial infections with laboratory information to
establish a diagnosis
18. Differentiate between the states of colonization and infection in order to avoid the misuse of
antibiotics in advising patients.
19. Differentiate between different classed of bacteria and propose the best methods of isolation,
diagnosis and treatment.
20. Differentiate between community and nosocomial infections based on the clinical picture and
patient history.
General skills
21. Communicate scientific information in a clear and concise manner both orally and in writing
with health care professional staffs
22. Enhance critical thinking and problem-solving skills and the ability to effectively
communicate with and work with patients.
23. Practice independent learning required to build up knowledge base.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 106
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to Microbiology, Microbial cell structure and function I 2 2
2 Microbial cell structure and function_II 2 2
3 Microbial nutrition and growth 2 2
4 Microbial metabolism 2 2
5 Microbial growth control I: Antiseptics and disinfectants 2 2
6 Microbial growth control II: Chemotherapeutic agents 2 2
7 Host pathogen interaction I 2 2
8 Host pathogen interaction II 2 2
9 Gram positive cocci 2 2
10 Gram positive rods 2 2
11 Gram negative bacteria rods (enterobacteria) 2 2
12 Other Gram negative and atypical bacteria 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Brock Biology of Microorganisms, 11th ed., 2008
 Pharmaceutical Biology, 3rd ed., 2008.
 Patrick Murray et al.‖Medical Microbiology‖(2005).5th ed, Mosby; ISBN:0323033032
Relevant websites
 www.prenhall.com/madigan.
 www.cdc.org
 www.asm.org
 www.who.org
 www.studentconsult.com

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20%
Midterm 30%
Final 50%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 107
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

Practical Part of General and Pharmaceutical Microbiology PHBT 401 Course


Learning outcomes
By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize the basic principles of bacterial cell counting, staining, isolation, and culturing of
several types of bacteria.
2. Recognize the basic principles of bacterial screening, pasteurization and antibiotic sensitivity
(Kirby-Bauer test).

Professional & Practical skills


3. Use the proper medical terms which describe bacteria and fungi.
4. Handle and dispose potentially biohazardous substances safely.
5. Use the commercial identification kits to identify bacteria.
6. Carry out a laboratory tests and experiments to determine the total and viable count in any
pharmaceutical dosage form or food product as a QC test.
7. Carry out laboratory experiments and biochemical tests to identify, stain, isolate and differentiate
different bacterial species.
8. Carry out laboratory experiments to determine bacterial sensitivity to antibiotics.

Intellectual skills
9. Comprehend and apply GLP, biosafety and aseptic techniques in microbiology laboratory.
10. Correlate the relationship between total and viable cell count in QC over pharmaceutical and food
products.
11. Analyze, interpret and compare the results of the different biochemical tests used to identify Gram
negative and Gram positive bacteria.
12. Select the best antibiotic for treating an infection using a given clinical sample.
13. Select the appropriate test to differentiate and isolate Gram positive vs. Gram negative bacteria.
14. Compare and distinguish the morphology of aerobic vs. anaerobic spore forming bacteria.
15. Compare the growth pattern of members of the Gram negative and Gram positive bacteria on
different selective and differential media.
16. Select the appropriate method used to isolate and detect microflora.
17. Compare the results of the identification of different bacterial species using the commercial
identification system.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 108
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General skills
18. Communicate clearly by verbal and written means through laboratory discussions and submitting
a laboratory report.
19. Retrieve and evaluate information from experimental results from student‘s colleagues to improve
professional competencies.
20. Work effectively in a team. (Students work in groups of 2 students each).
21. Use numeracy and calculations of total and viable cell counts.
22. Adopt ethical and safety guidelines through accurate documentation of laboratory results and
GLP.
23. Demonstrate time management abilities through conducting several experiments during a 3-hour
laboratory session.
24. Implement writing skills through submitting a lab report documenting the methodology and
results of his experiments.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Determination of the viable and total cell counts in 1 g of baker‘s yeast 4
employing the dilution and colony counting techniques and using Thoma
counting chamber and cell dimensions.
2 Documentation of viable count results (continued from session 1) 4
Morphological characteristics of bacterial colonies isolated from air
Isolation and culturing of aerobic and anaerobic spore-forming bacteria
3 Documentation of the result of isolation of air germs experiment 4
(continued from session 2).
Isolation of Bacillus (aerobic spore-forming) species and induction of
sporulation (continued from session 2).
Isolation of Clostridium (anaerobic spore-forming) species (continued
from session 2).
4 Gram Staining, KOH test, and Endospore staining 4
5 Demonstration of selective and differential media 4
6 Screening for oral and skin microflora 4
7 Screening for oral and skin microflora (continued from session 6) 4
Antibiotic sensitivity test (Kirby-Bauer test)
8 Antibiotic Sensitivity (Kirby-Bauer) test (continued from session 7) 4
Determination of minimum inhibitory concentration
Bacterial identification using commercial identification system
9 Final Revision laboratory session 4
10 Final practical exam 4

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions

References
Recommended textbook
 Laboratory manual ―Laboratory Experiments in Microbiology‖ 4th Edition

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 109
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Materials
 Microbiology Student Laboratory
 Safety manual

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Laboratory Report 5% 5%
Laboratory performance and evaluation 35%
Final lab exam 60% 60%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Laboratory equipped with Microscopes, beamer, computer, smart board, white board, and the
required media, bacteria, plates, and utensils essential for each experiment.
 Laboratory presentations.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the GUC intranet.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Khaled Abou-Aisha

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Khaled Mohamed Abou Aisha
E- Mail khaled.abou-aisha@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2213
Room number B5.107

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 110
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutics II (Drug Dosage Forms) II PHTC 411


A-Basic Information
Semester number Fourth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Technology
Specialization Liquid and Semisolid dosage forms
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week One Lecture/ week ,One Tutorial/ Two weeks
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

This course is intended to introduce students to the general theory of colloidal dispersion, suspension,
emulsion, suppositories and semisolid preparations. Also introduce the students to their types, route
of administration, available dosage form and factors affecting their stability.
This course also focuses on providing students with a general knowledge of coarse dispersion
(suspension) types, physical properties and factors affecting its stability, production and quality
control of suppositories, emulsion, types, physical properties and factors affecting their stability, and
semisolid preparation its types ,route of administration, available dosage form and factors affecting
their stability.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define and illustrate pharmaceutical dosage forms, disperse systems and related concepts.
2. Illustrate principles, physicochemical properties and tests of various pharmaceutical dosage
forms.
3. Properties of different pharmaceutical dosage forms (semisolid preparations).

Professional & Practical skills


4. Apply techniques for the preparation of different pharmaceutical dosage forms and
operating pharmaceutical equipments and instruments.
5. Principles of various pharmaceutical dosage forms.

Intellectual skills
6. Apply pharmaceutical knowledge in the formulation of safe & effective dosage forms.

General skills
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 111
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

7. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources to improve professional


competencies.
8. Work effectively in team.
9. Implement writing & presentation skills.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Coarse Dispersions: Suspensions I 2 2
2 Coarse Dispersions: Suspensions II 2 2
3 Coarse Dispersions: Colloids I 2 2
4 Coarse Dispersions: Colloids II 2 2
5 Coarse Dispersions: Colloids III 2 2
6 Coarse Dispersions: Emulsions I 2 2
7 Coarse Dispersions: Emulsions II 2 2
8 Semisolid dosage forms: Ointments I 2 2
9 Semisolid dosage forms: Ointments II 2 2
10 Suppository I 2 2
11 Suppository II 2 2
12 Suppository III 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 Physical Pharmacy & Pharmaceutical Sciences, Fifth Edition 2006 .
 Remington, the Science &Practice of Pharmacy, 21Th Edition , 2005

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be
presented to students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 112
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Rania Hathout
E- Mail rania.hathout@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Room number B5-134

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 113
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Physiology and Anatomy II PHTX 401

A-Basic Information
Semester number Forth Semester
Semester type Spring
Study year Second Year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Physiology and Anatomy
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 2 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ 2weeks,
1 Practical session/ 2weeks
Student workload 140 hours
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

This course is concerned with the study of the basic principles of physiology. The major
objective is to give students a basic understanding of the anatomical structure and integrated functions
of some of the major systems of the human body including the respiratory system, the endocrine
system, the renal system and the gastrointestinal tract. Emphasis is placed also on understanding how
the functions of these systems are regulated. Some clinical disorders are incorporated throughout the
course so that the students correlate the basic physiology with the pathophysiologic outcomes. This
will help the pharmacy students to have a good rationale for their future clinical pharmacy course.

Theoretical part of Physiology and Anatomy II PHTX 401

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Discuss the principles of basic, medical and health sciences including the physiology of
different body organs.
2. Discuss the principle of basic understanding of the structure and function of the human
body as well as the regulation of various body processes in different systems. Emphasis will
also be placed on some diseases caused by certain pathophysiological changes in different
organs.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 114
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Professional & Practical skills


3. Correlate specific structures of different body organs with their related functions.
4. Interpret different mechanisms of action related to different systems.
4. Apply certain pathophysiological changes in different clinical conditions.
5. Analyze normal and abnormal diagnostic tests in some clinical disorders.

Intellectual skills
6. Use medical terminology and be aware with certain medical procedures related to
pharmacy practice.

General skills
7. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means
8. Work effectively in team.
9. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development
10. Implement writing & presentation skills
11. Demonstrate critical thinking

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 The endocrine system I 2
2 The endocrine system II 2
3 The endocrine system III 2 1
4 The endocrine system IV 2
5 The endocrine system V 2 1
6 Reproduction I 2
7 Reproduction II 2 1
8 Reproduction III 2
9 The gastrointestinal tract (GIT) I 2 1
10 The gastrointestinal tract (GIT) II 2
11 The gastrointestinal tract (GIT) III 2 1
12 The gastrointestinal tract (GIT) IV 2
13 The respiratory system I 2
14 The respiratory system II 2
15 The respiratory system III 2 1
16 The respiratory system IV 2
17 The respiratory system V 2 1
18 Renal system I 2
19 Renal system II 2 1
20 Renal system III 2
21 Renal system IV 2 1
22 Renal system V 2
23 Renal system VI 2 1
24 Renal system VII 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 115
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook

 Vander, Sherman & Luciano‘s Human Physiology (9th Edition). McGraw-Hill, 2004 ISBN 0-07-
243793-6.
 Ganong, W. F. (Ed.), Review of medical physiology (21st edition). Lange Medical Books

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 15%
Class work 5%
Tutorial participation 3%
Pop quiz 2%
Seminar (essay or presentation) 5%
Mid-term 25%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

Practical part of Physiology and Anatomy I PHTX 401

Aims

Laboratory course include some experiments based on power lab software system for
measuring pulmonary functions and for testing the correlation between pulse and ventilation.
Other practical experiments include: blood pressure measurement, blood glucose
measurements and kidney functions tests. The aim of this course is to strengthen the theoretical
background on some topics in the physiology course and to teach the students some practical
skills of clinical use like measuring the blood pressure, blood glucose….

learning outcomes of the practical part of the course:


By the end of the practical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Get familiar with basic principles underlying the measurement of different physiological
parameters.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 116
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

2. Discuss the basic principles of normal body functions with strength on some of the facts
and knowledge learned in lectures
3. Specify the laboratory assessment of physiological functions of certain body systems (such
as cardiovascular respiratory and renal systems).

Professional & Practical skills


4. Interpretation of obtained data and their correlation to physiological and
pathophysiological values.

Intellectual skills
5. Acquire clinical skills and apply them while dealing with medical devices.
6. Analyze the results related to different experiments and their related physiological
responses
General skills
7. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means
8. Work effectively in team
9. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development.
10. Adopt safety and ethical guidelines.
11. Demonstrate time management abilities

content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Arterial blood pressure 1
2 Lung volumes and capacities 1
3 Experiments on pulse 1
Blood glucose regulation
4 Renal system experiment 1
Estimation of renal fuctions
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Computer software, Lab manual and Lab report

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
4 Practical sessions (Lab report, Lab Quiz) 25% /session

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 117
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Materials
 Vander, Sherman & Luciano‘s Human Physiology (9th Edition). McGraw-Hill

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Computer, beamer, smart board, white board and markers
 Availability of PowerPoint presentations with Video Demonstrations and lab
report on the intranet that are used for data show and explanation to students
during the sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator Administrative Information


Course Coordinator Dr. Nadia Yassin
E- Mail nadia.yassin@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2201
Room number B5 125

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 118
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 119
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Biotechnology I (Introduction to Biotechnology) PHBT 401

A-Basic Information
Semester number Fourth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the course Microbiology and Immunology
Specialization Biotechnology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture biweekly
Student workload 30 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 1 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
It is a multidisciplinary course equipping the 4th semester students with basic biotechnology and
advanced applications of genetic engineering in different fields including medicine and pharmacy
with emphasis on gene cloning such as human insulin production in bacteria, gene therapy and
nanotechnology. In agriculture; as in crop production, microbial pesticides, disease-resistant
transgenic plants, ice-minus bacteria, and edible vaccines. In the environment; to solve problems
associated pollution by using genetically engineered organisms such as the superbug to remove waste
materials from the environment.

The course helps students to choose between the two study programs, pharmacy or
biotechnology, and whether to graduate as a pharmacist or biotechnologist. It also helps the students
to get acquainted with what they need to know about biotechnology which will affect their decision in
pursuing future career in biotechnology and in completing their study to get Master and Ph.D. degrees
in any of the biotechnology fields.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Explain the benefits of biotechnology and key processes in industrial biotechnology.
2. Describe the different techniques and tools in genetic engineering.
3. Explain the steps of cloning and expression of insulin gene.

Professional & Practical skills


4. Use the proper terms related to different disciplines of biotechnology

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 120
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills
5. Diagram a pathway of cloning of a target gene from one organism to another.
6. Employ the biotechnology in biodefense to protect from, diagnose, prophylaxis and treat
diseases resulted from use of bioterrorism agents.
7. Employ the biotechnology in agriculture in order to improve food quality and quantity, and
even to use fruits and vegetables as edible vaccine.
8. Apply the concept of gene therapy in early diagnosis of hereditary diseases in fetus and in
replacement faulty genes responsible for diseases.
9. Apply the concept of genetic engineering in waste treatment and solving the problem of
environment pollution.

General skills
10. Adopt ethical issue concerned with the in vivo gene therapy in big animals and humans and
the ethics and biosafety guidelines regarding the use of bacteria and viruses as bioweapons.
11. Work effectively in teams for preparing the biotechnology related projects.
12. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development based on
continuous searching and reading from textbooks and the in internet.
13. Demonstrate creativity and time management abilities in preparing the specified project.
14. Retrieve and evaluate information from textbooks and from the internet sources to improve
professional competencies.

Topics covered in the course (course content):


No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Introduction to biotechnology 2
2 Gene cloning: tools and techniques 2
3 Cloning and expression of insulin gene in bacteria 2
4 Agricultural applications of biotechnology 2
5 Environmental applications of biotechnology 2
6 Medical applications of biotechnology 2
7 Misuse of biotechnology (bioterrorism) 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures.

References
Recommended textbook

 Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA, 3rd edition by Glick and Pasternak
 Biotechnology: Demystifying the Concepts p (138-168)

Recommended for reading


 Understanding Biotechnology, by George Acquaah
 Handbook of pharmaceutical biotechnology by Shayne C. G., Wiley 2007
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 121
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Relevant websites
 http://library.thinkquest.org
 http://www.genengnews.com/
 http://library.thinkquest.org
 http://www.bio-scope.com/
 http://www.unep.org/
 http://books.google.com (search word: Handbook of pharmaceutical biotechnology)
 www.cdc.gov

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Project 10%
Mid-term 40%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Khaled Abou-Aisha

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Mohamed El-Azizi
E- Mail mohamed.el-azizi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2212
Room number B5-119

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 122
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

German Language IV HUMA 414


A-Basic Information
Semester number Fourth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the course German Language
Specialization German Language
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 2 Tutorials / week
Student workload 100 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 3 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
The course enhances the student‘s reading skills by practicing real situations in which the students
try collect travel information from schedules, tickets, announcement boards and from the internet,
apply instructions and guidelines (e.g. on a ticket machine), evaluate a graph, perform comprehension
tasks, and apply reading strategies (skimming and scanning). It also enhances listening, speaking,
and writing capability.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

1. Collect travel information from schedules, tickets, announcement boards and from the internet.
2. apply instructions and guidelines (e.g. on a ticket machine)
3. evaluate a graph
4. perform comprehension tasks
5. apply reading strategies (skimming and scanning)
6. tell about his/her learning style and experience regarding languages
7. make comparisons
8. describe his/her family
9. tell about family celebrations
10. congratulate people on different occasions
11. invite people
12. accept and decline invitations
13. Write an invitation and greeting card on different occasions
14. plan and make reservations for a trip
15. express his assumptions
16. suggest alternatives and express contradictions
17. give and report advice
18. talk about his/her hobby and fields of interest
19. express his/her contentedness, astonishment or anger and react accordingly
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 123
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
1. Grammar
1. sub clauses with‖weil‖.
2. Comparisons with ―als‖ and ―wie‖.
3. Superlative.
4. Possessive articles with dative.
5. Sub clauses with‖dass‖.
6. Genetv-s.
7. Adjective declination in dative.
8. Conjunctions: aber, oder.
9. Modal verb: sollen.
10. Reflexive verbs.
11. Verbs with preposition.
12. Indefinite pronouns.

2. Topics covered in the course


Chapter Topic

Chapter 1  foreign language learning


 learning styles and experience
 biographies
Chapter 2  family and relatives
 family gatherings
 family situations
 greeting cards and congratulations
Chapter 3  travel and mobility
 planning and booking a trip
Chapter 4  spare time activities and hobbies

Course Schedule
No. of Teaching Hours
 4 hrs per week (2 tutorials).
 Total 48 hrs per the whole course (12 tutorials).

Learning and teaching methods


Practical Exercises in Vocabulary, Speaking, Listening, Reading and Writing.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 124
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Recommended textbook
Studio d A2

1. Kurs-und Übungsbuch (course book)

2. Sprachtraining (exercise book)

3. Glossary: Vokabeltaschenbuch: German-English

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Final Exam 100%

Exam Components:
 Writing Exam.
 Oral Exam.
 Computerized Exam including listening and reading part, vocabulary and structure.

Facilities required for teaching & learning

 Tutorial classes equipped with a sound system, computer, smart board and markers.
 Availability of PowerPoint presentations as a soft copy on the GUC student intranet ,to be
presented to students during tutorial sessions .

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Reem Etman

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Midhat Suleiman
E- Mail midhat.suleiman@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2-170
Room number B3.109

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 125
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

English Language IV (Research Paper Writing) (HUMA 314)

A-Basic Information
Semester number Fourth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Second year
Department offering the English
course
Specialization English
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Tutorial/ week
Student workload 60 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 2 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims:
This one course introduces the principles of scientific research. Students learn how to conduct
manual and computerized library searches in order to locate relevant, reliable and recent sources.
They read, analyze and critique scientific research studies based on the research questions asked and
the methodology used. An important component of the course is to write a literature review.
Students learn to gather data about a given topic, and then synthesize it in a paper which would show
their understanding of what has been discovered as well as their identification of controversial areas
which need to be further explored.

Learning outcomes:
I. Given a scientific study, students will be able to:
a. Identify the problem with an accuracy level of 100%.
b. Identify the hypothesis and/or the research question with an accuracy level or 100%.
c. Identify the experiment‘s design with an accuracy level of 100%.
d. Evaluate the data collection method with an accuracy level of 85%.
e. Evaluate the data analysis with an accuracy level of 85%.
f. Evaluate the findings‘ interpretations with an accuracy level of 85%.

II. Given an area of interest, students will be able to:


a. Narrow down the topic with an accuracy level of 90%.
b. Formulate a research question with an accuracy level of 90%.
c. Identify relevant sources for the research using both the library and the internet with
an accuracy level of 90%.
d. Evaluate the relevant sources with an accuracy level of 85%.
e. Cite sources using an appropriate academic format with an accuracy level of 100%.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 126
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

f. Record the relevant information using different types of note cards with an accuracy
level of 80%.
g. Synthesize the information from the various sources with an accuracy level of 80%.
h. Organize the information in outline form with an accuracy level of 85%.
i. Write a literature review with an accuracy level of 80%.

Content

No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Tutorials
1 1. Introduction to the course syllabus. 2
2. Research sources
3. Designs of research
4. Focus on a quantitative research paper
5- Introduce grid
2 1. More on analysis of a quantitative research paper 2
2. Study Guide
3. Sample article review written in an essay form.
3 1. Feedback on article review grid 2
2. Narrowing down – Formulating research question & criteria for exclusion and
inclusion of articles
4 1. More on: Narrowing down – Formulating research question & criteria for 2
exclusion and inclusion of articles
2. In-class
Individual narrowing down assignment
5 1. Feedback on article review 5% 2
2. Finalizing Narrowing Down
3. Citation
6 1. Feedback on article review 10% 2
2. Note cards and plagiarism (sample of note-cards)
3. More on paraphrase, summary and synthesis
7 More on: 2
1. Note cards and plagiarism (sample of note-cards)
2. More on paraphrase, summary and synthesis
8 More on: 2
1. Note cards and plagiarism (sample of note-cards)
2. More on paraphrase, summary and synthesis
9 1- Note cards conferencing 2
2- In-class
Information quiz
10 1- Criteria for the literature review 2
2- Sample of outline & literature review
3- Finalizing note cards conferencing
11 1. One to one conferencing on outline and first draft 2
2. In-class
Information quiz
12 One to one conferencing on outline and first draft
Submitting final paper
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 127
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes
Tutorial format:
The classes will be conducted as follows:
 A series of introductory tutorials and structured discussions
 Library and computer lab
 Conferencing for paper writing

Policy for group work:

 Groups will be formed during the first session of the course and will continue to work
together throughout the course.
 Note card and first draft conferencing is obligatory and any failure to show up will result in
losing the grade of the assignment.
 Late conferencing i.e. missing the original conferencing date but showing up for conferencing
within the same week will result in 50% grade deduction.
 Attending conferencing and failing to answer teachers‘ questions will be treated as a cheating
case and will result in losing the grade of the assignment.
 Group work dynamics is subject to change according to classroom environment.

Learning and teaching methods


Assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Perry, F.L. (2005).Research in applied linguistics: Becoming a discerning consumer. NJ:
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Course work 50%
2 quizzes 10% both
Article review 5%
Article review 10%
Narrowing down assignment 5%
Note cards 10%
First draft 10%
Midterm exam 20%
Literature review final draft 30%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 128
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning

 Tutorial classes equipped with, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and markers.
 Availability of tutorial PowerPoint presentations as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be
presented to students during tutorial sessions.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Mona Osman

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Ms. Anne Abdel Moneem Hassan
Ms. Naglaa Abdel Wahed Mohamed
E- Mail anne.hassan@guc.edu.eg
naglaa.mohamed@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Room number B3.103

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 129
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Fifth Semester Courses

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 130
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Botanical Zoo Field Trips BIOT 501

A-Basic Information
Semester number 5th semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year 4th year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Biology
Specialization Botany
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week Orientation, excursions, plant processing, plant identification and
writing reports
Student workload 60 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 12 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

This course is offered to emphasize the importance of plants as sources for discovery of new
drugs. This practical course involves participation of students, in an excursion to nearby desert in the
Greater Cairo Area, collecting samples of wild plants they encounter. They learn how to process these
plant samples the same day, pressing and drying them into herbarium specimens. They then consult a
plant taxonomist for identification of their herbarium specimens, confirming such identity and
complementing it by referring to Wild Flora and Taxonomy Books.

The second part of the course, involves writing an up-to-date drug discovery-type report, on
an assigned title plant and related most studied species of the same genus, involving traditional and
modern medical uses, supported with references. The report should point out any important drugs this
genus has contributed or else the promise it holds for future discovery of useful drugs, through
appropriate research.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 131
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Record documents properly after conferring with scientific Literature to collect pertinent data
and document the report with references.

Intellectual skills
2. Analyze, evaluate & interpret experimental results as well as published literature
3. Conduct research studies to confirm & complement the herbarium specimens‘ identification,
in addition to analyses of results

Professional & Practical skills


4. Collect representative samples of wild plants & properly preserve them as herbarium
specimens
5. Practice how to preserve a Marine Organism i.e. how to prepare a museum sample for it
6. Employ proper documentation of scientific data

General skills
7. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means
8. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources
9. Work effectively in team
10. Practice independent learning
11. Implement writing & presentation skills
12. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem-solving & decision-making abilities

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Orientation 2
2 Excursion 2
3 Plant processing 2
4 Plant Identification 2
5 Writing reports 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 132
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


 Excursion for Plant Collection, Drying of Plant Samples as Herbarium Specimens & ―Drug
Discovery Report‖ Information Retrieval, Evaluation & Write-up
 Excursion for Plant Collection and Photographing Plants on Site
 Attendance & Participation
 Drying of Plant Samples as Herbarium Specimens & submitting to Specialist Taxonomist for
Identification, Confirming the Identity and Submission in Report (Identified Herbarium
Specimens, Photographs & List of Identified Plants)
 Drug Discovery Report‖ Information Retrieval, Evaluation and Write-up

References
Recommended textbook
 Tackholm, Vivi ‖Students Flora of Egypt, 2nd Ed.‖, Cairo Univ. Press. (1974)
 Boulos, L. ―Flora of Egypt‖, Al-Hadara Publishing, Cairo (4 Volumes): Volume 1 (1999),
Volume 2 (2000), Volume 3 (2002) & Volume 4 (2005)
Recommended for reading
 Boulos, L. ―Medicinal Plants of North Africa‖, Reference Publications,
Algonac, Michigan, USA (1983).
 Batanouny, K.H., ―Wild Medicinal Plants of Egypt‖, Academy Sci. Res., Cairo, Egypt
(1999).
Relevant websites
 www.herbes.com
 www.botanical.com
 www.pubmed.com

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Participation 30%
Project 25%
Drug Discovery Report 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, and white board.
 Availability of buses for transporting the students to the excursion areas.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 133
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Khaled Mohamed Abou Aisha
E- Mail khaled.abou-aisha@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2213
Room number B5.107

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 134
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Instrumental Analysis I BIOT 561


A-Basic Information
Semester number Fifth semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Third year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Specialization Instrumental Analysis
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week, 2 Practical sessions/ week
Student workload 270
Credit points (ECTS) 9 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Instrumental Analysis I PHCM 561
Aims
This course aims at providing a thorough overview of the theoretical principles underlying
common instrumental analysis methods of ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy, infrared spectroscopy, as
well as, nuclear magnetic resonance, fluorescence spectroscopy. Basics of chromatography (TLC,
GC, HPLC, and SFC) are also introduced. The practical and theoretical courses are strongly
correlated via selected practical experiments to be performed during the first semester in the practical
course. This introductory course is a prerequisite for the instrumental analysis PHCM662 course
practical course which deals with deeper applications of chromatography, mass spectrometry and
electrochemistry. It is related in part with analytical chemistry courses taught in earlier semesters. The
students acquire all skills required to be highly trained efficient members of the pharmaceutical
society in quality control labs of pharmaceutical plants as well as in research and development
centers.

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define basic instrumental analysis concepts, and illustrate the concepts of the different
instruments of the course, the properties of the instrumental devices used, and their
applications.
2. Define principles of identification, standardization, qualitative and quantitative analysis,
isolation, purification and separation methods of various pharmaceutical compounds.
3. Apply different methods of pharmaceutical calculations.

Professional & Practical skills


4. Use the proper scientific terms, abbreviations & symbols related to instrumental analysis
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 135
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

basics and devices.


5. Analyze theoretically the given results obtained from the different instruments, assess
theoretically several experiments and conduct research studies involving some related topics.

Intellectual skills
6. Select the appropriate methods of isolation identification & standardization of active
substances from different origins according to their spectrophotometric and chromatographic
properties.
General skills
7. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means during the tutorials to answer the questions
presented in the tutorial slides, and to present the project required.
8. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources like stationary phase data charts and
eluotropic series sources to improve professional competencies.
9. Work effectively in team to prepare a power point presentation project.
10. Use numeracy, calculation and statistical methods as well as information technology tools
like the suitable internet databases.
11. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development via exploring
the websites indicated in the lecture slides.
12. Adopt ethical and legal guidelines; students can use the lecture slides as a role model for
preparing notes with proper referencing.
13. Implement writing skills via presenting the requested project as a PowerPoint print out and
implement presentation skills via presenting the final project in front of the whole tutorial
class, as well as, the instructor.
14. Demonstrate critical thinking, and problem- solving regarding different instrumental
applications, and solving extra exercises in tutorials, assignments, and lecture slides.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Fundamentals of Spectrophotometry 2 2
2 Fundamentals of Spectrophotometry (cont.) 2 2
3 Fundamentals of Spectrophotometry (cont.) 2 2
4 Luminescence Spectroscopy 2 2
5 Infrared Spectroscopy 2 2
6 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance I (NMR I) 2 2
7 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance II (NMR II) 2 2
8 Introduction to Chromatography, ―The Science of Separation‖ 2 2
9 High Pressure Liquid Chromatography, HPLC 2 2
10 Peak Parameters and Quantitative chromatography 2 2
11 Gas Chromatography 2 2
12 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography and Capillary Electrophoresis 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials, assignments, and project.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 136
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Recommended textbook
 Harris D.C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis 5th Edition (1998), W.H. Freeman & Co.,
ISBN 978-0716728818
 D. A. Skoog, D.A. West, F.J. Holler, S.R. Crouch, Analytical Chemistry, an introduction,
7th Edition (2003), Brooks Cole Pub., ISBN 0-03-020293-0
 Alberts B., Johnson A., Lewis J., Raff M., Roberts K., Walter P. Molecular Biology of
the Cell 5th Edition (2008), Garland Science, ISBN 978-0815341062
Materials
 PowerPoint presentations
Relevant web sites
 http://bcs.whfreeman.com/qca/
 http://www.chemguide.co.uk/analysismenu
 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uy-ezRHlGjU
 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gzp2S0e9o8s&feature=related
 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EytuRMS1154&feature=related
 http://www.studyhplc.com
 http://www.shsu.edu/~chm_tgc/sounds/pushmovies/CE.gif
 http://www.cee.vt.edu/ewr/environmental/teach/smprimer/sfc/sfc.html

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Assignments (2 assignments) 5%
Report (1 report) 5%
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term 30%
Final 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers
 Availability of lectures PowerPoint presentations of lectures and tutorials on the GUC student
intranet that are used for data show and explanation to students during lecture sessions.

Practical Part of Instrumental Analysis I PHCM 561


Aims

The instrumental analysis practical course aims to train students to use different analytical
instruments / techniques such as ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometers, Fourier transform infrared
spectrometer for qualitative and quantitative applications. Students experience the mode of operation
of these instruments and become acquainted with apparatus hardware and software, they also perform
different types sample preparation. Techniques such as thin layer and column chromatography are
introduced to the students aiming to separate components of a mixture followed by qualitative and
quantitative analysis. The course is of value for pharmacists who will work in research and
development sector of pharmaceutical industry, production pharmaceutical and chemical sector as
well as academic and research institutions.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 137
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define the principles of instrumental analysis and basics of absorption, separation, and
identification.
2. Recognize different glass ware and instruments handling and using techniques.
3. Recognize the basics of analysis and identification of certain compounds.

Professional & Practical skills


4. Use the proper instrumental analysis terms and abbreviations.
5. Standardize, analyze and identify various pharmaceutical compounds.
6. Handle and use properly glassware, and instruments that are used throughout the course.
7. Construct calibration curves, carry out calculations, and detect instrumental results
throughout the laboratory course.
8. Submit a lab report that includes a detailed description of the experiment.

Intellectual skills
9. Comprehend & apply GLP (Good Laboratory Practice) guidelines concerning handling of
equipment, reagents and materials.
10. Apply various qualitative and quantitative analytical methods for assay of various
pharmaceutical preparations.
11. Select the appropriate method of analysis for the identification of different substances.
12. Analyze & interpret whether the obtained laboratory results lies within the accepted range
or not, by comparing the obtained results with the provided reference.

General skills
13. Communicate at the end of each laboratory verbally through the oral evaluation, and by
the written means through conducting a written lab report.
14. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources like stationary phase data charts
and eluotropic series sources to improve professional competencies.
15. Work effectively in each laboratory session in a team.
16. Use numeracy, calculation, Microsoft Excel, OMNIC© Software for Infra-red instrument,
Chromquest© software for High Performance Liquid Chromatography instrument &
CALIBUR® for Gas chromatography-Mass spectrometry instrument.
17. Practice independent technical skills for handling glassware and laboratory instruments.
18. Apply safety guidelines and legal regulations throughout the experiment conductance and
also regarding the laboratory performance and attendance policy.
19. Practice writing a lab report that can be used for further reference.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 138
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Introduction Lab 4
2 Spectrophotometric Determination of Ferrous Ion 4
3 Spectrophotometric Determination of Indomethacin/Salicylic Acid Mixture 4
4 Spectrophotometric Determination of Paracetamol Using ―Standard 4
Addition Method‖
5 Identification of Drugs Using Attenuated Total Reflectance 4
Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy
(ATR-FT-IR Spectroscopy)
6 TLC Separation of Amino Acids and Amino Acids Mixture 4
7 Separation of Azo Dyes Using Column Chromatography and Identification 4
by Thin-Layer Chromatography

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions.

References
Materials
 PHCM561p - Introduction to instrumental analysis GUC lab manual.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Laboratory quizzes 14%
Theoretical and Practical Final exams 30%
Laboratory reports 56%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Laboratory equipped with the required analytical instruments and utensils, beamer, computer,
smart board and white board.
 Laboratory PowerPoint presentations.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the GUC intranet.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 139
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Rasha Sayed Hanafi
E- Mail rasha.hanafi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2210
Room number B5-101

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 140
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Organic Chemistry III / Macromolecular Chemistry BIOT 502


A-Basic Information
Semester number 5th Semester
Semester type Winter Semester
Study year 3rd Year
Department offering the Biochemistry
course
Specialization Organic Chemistry/Biochemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week
Student workload 76 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 3 CP

B- Professional Information
Course aims for the theoretical part of the course:
This is an advanced course that teaches the basics of macromolecular chemistry and how
they relate to the chemical synthesis of biomacromolecules and how biomacromolecules
exert their physiological function. The course aims to bridge between principles of chemistry
and their role in biochemical and biotechnological processes.
The first part of the course is an introduction to the basic principles of polymerization,
polymer structure, structure-property relations of polymers, and polymer analysis. Then the
chemical synthesis of biomacromolecules (peptides, proteins and nucleic acids) is presented.
The final section introduces principles of catalysis and enzyme catalysis.
The course should serve as a preparation towards enzyme catalysis and protein
biochemistry courses, teaching some chemical principles that underlie the functions of
biomolecules.

learning outcomes of the theoretical part of the course:

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


8. Define the principles of the structure of macromolecules and their applications.
9. Describe methods of polymerization to generate macromolecules.
10. Explain techniques to control and modify macromolecule size and structure.
11. Describe techniques to determine size and structure of macromolecules.
12. Recognize differences in material properties between macromolecules of different
structure and size.
13. Name and describe techniques for the chemical synthesis of biomacromolecules.
14. Explain and recognize different types of catalysis.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 141
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

15. Describe the basic principles of enzymatic catalysis.

Professional & Practical skills


16. Identify structure-property relation of various polymeric materials.
17. Propose materials suited for specific applications.
18. Device experimental approaches to characterize macromolecules.
19. Develop understanding of the possibilities and limits of chemical synthesis of
biological macromolecules

Intellectual skills
20. Develop analytical skills to suggest approaches to generate materials for defined
purposes.
21. Discuss various techniques for characterization of macromolecules and suggest best
suited approach for a given situation.
22. Decide where chemical synthesis of biomacromolecues is an appropriate approach.
23. Identify basic mechanisms of enzyme function and discuss key structures and
residues.
24. Predict and discover key functional residues in an enzyme, how they contribute to
enzyme function, and how they could be altered to change/improve enzyme function.
25. Suggest strategies to optimize enzymes for a given task.

General skills
26. Obtain and communicate an understanding of chemical principles that pertain to the
synthesis and application of biomacromolecules.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 142
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Topics covered in the theoretical part of the course (theoretical course content):
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Introduction to polymers, types of polymerization; polymerization 2
mechanisms I: radical polymerization.
2 Polymerization mechanisms II: cationic polymerization, anionic 2
polymerization, Ziegler-Natta polymerization,
3 Stereochemistry of polymers, polymerization kinetics 2
4 Copolymerization 2
5 Step-growth polymerization, resins, polymer material properties, 2
6 Polymer molecular weights and methods of polymer analysis 2
7 Biomacromolecules, synthesis of amino acids 2
8 Solid-phase synthesis of nucleic acids and peptides 2
9 Principles and mechanisms of catalysis I 2
10 Principles and mechanisms of catalysis II 2
11 Principles of enzymatic catalysis 2
12 Enzymes as catalysts 2

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments.

References
Recommended textbook
 Course Handouts, compiled from textbooks and internet resources
 Vollmer (1993), ―Polymerchemie‖, B. Vollmer Verlag
 Bruice (2004), ―Organic Chemistry‖, 4th ed., Upper Saddle River, Pearson/Prentice
Hall, ISBN 0-13-121730-5

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Midterm Exam 35 %
Final Exam 45 %
Graded home assignments (2) 20 %

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 143
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture room equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Mohamed Z. Gad

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Hans-Georg Breitinger
E- Mail hans.breitinger@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-2759-0699
Ext 199
Room number B5.126

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 144
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Physical Chemistry II (Electrochemistry) BIOT 503


A-Basic Information
Semester number 5th
Semester type Winter semester
Study year 3rd year
Department offering the Physical chemistry
course
Specialization Physical chemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week, 1Practical session /week
Student workload 120 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 4 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Physical Chemistry II (Electrochemistry), BIOT 503
Aims

One may have been exposed to many of the ideas and problems related to physical chemistry, it
can be assumed that is pure physics however it is mish between understanding physical properties of
matter and chemical properties. Understanding the philosophy of these ideas may help in many
applications. Knowledge of electrochemistry is obviously crucial to understanding batteries and
corrosion, but is also the basis of much of temperature measurement (thermocouples) and
understanding the fate and toxicity of metals in the environment. The conductivity of electrolyte
solutions is the basis of a several analytical techniques and gives insight into diffusion at the
molecular level. Rates of diffusion set limits to the rates of reactions (kinetics) in solution. Kinetics is
crucial for understanding the rates of reactions, whether they be in a large scale reactor, the
environment, or inside a cell of a living organism.

As you may have been taught, thermodynamics (physical chemistry I) dictates that diamond
should eventually transform itself to graphite, but kinetic arguments have convinced chemists their
diamond jewelry is safe from that hazard. Quantum mechanics allows a description of the behavior of
matter at the atomic level, where our physical intuition (developed from our knowledge of
macroscopic objects) fails. Quantum mechanics is also the basis of spectroscopy. Spectroscopy
encompasses a broad range of tools used for analysis in different wavelength regions; in this class we
will focus on infrared spectroscopy, which arises from molecular vibrations. Quantum mechanics is
also the basis for understanding chemical change induced by light absorption (photochemistry). This
course will mainly concentrate on the applied physical chemistry, electrochemistry, power generation
and catalysis fundamental and mechanism.
Specific course objectives

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 145
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Course objectives
On successful completion of the course and associated assessment package, students will be able to:

A- Recognize and describe the various application of electrochemistry.


B- Predict the relative rate of reaction of a given pair of metals.
C- Construct a graphical representation of the thermodynamics of corrosion (Pourbaix Diagram)
from the Nernst Equations of the reacting species.
D- Construct a Potential - Current Diagram representing the electrochemical kinetics of
corrosion.
E- Calculate the influence of electrolyte ion concentration on the rate of corrosion.
F- Design/Select degradation protection systems
G- Understanding the basic mechanism of catalysis
H- Selection of relevant catalysts for various reactions
I- Understanding batteries, electrolysis
J- Overview about further application of hydrogen as green energy

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize the equilibrium in chemical reactions.
2. Calculate Gibbs free energy of solid and liquid.
3. Recognize Nernst equation; relation.
4. Describe degradation and corrosion mechanism
5. Describe the catalysis fundamental and mechanism work.
6. Recognize the mechanism of power generation and batteries.

Intellectual skills
8. Apply thermodynamics to chemical reactions.
9. Design and solve mathematical reaction model.
10. Detect several reaction kinetics.
11. Calculation of reaction rates; using standard units
12. Estimation of physical properties of the matter and their effect in application
13. Define and organize research and present a topic relevant to the design selection, analysis of a
particular problem or solution

Professional & Practical skills


14. Design of experiment and selecting the right parameters.
15. Select materials for use in specific environments.
16. Interpret and discuss the experimental results.
17. Analyze and solve problems related to thermodynamics.
18. Analyze, evaluate, ad select materials used in real life applications.
19. Solve problems in physical chemistry from analytical, and graphical perspectives

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 146
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General skills
20. Use lab facilities.

Content
Credited teaching
hours for ECTS
calculation
Topic Lecture
1 Review, thermodynamics and kinetics of reactions 2
2 Work, heat and energy 2
3 Introduction: the electrochemical 2
4 The theory of aqueous corrosion reaction 2
5 Electrochemical kinetics and corrosion rates 2
6 Forms of materials degradation and protection 2
7 Catalysis fundamental and types of catalyst 2
8 Adsorption/desorption and mechanism catalytic reaction 2
9 Power generation and electrolysis 2
10 Batteries and green hydrogen applications 2
11 Case studies 2
12 Revision 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures and assignments.

References

Recommended textbook
After presentation of some introductory materials, not presented in a concise form in the text, we will
follow the text, at a rate of about half chapter per week. Lecture notes will be handed out in class.

 Peter Atkins, Julio de Paula: Physical Chemistry, Oxford University Press (2002)
 Kenneth R. Trethewey “Corrosion For Student of Science and Engineering” Longman Sc&
technical, New york (1988): ISBN 0- 582-45089-6

Recommended further reading


 Any text book/materials related to physical chemistry

Materials
 Slides as ―pdf‖ files

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 147
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Class work 10%
Quizzes(2 out of 3) 20%
Mid term 30%
Final 40 %

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, white board and markers.

 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

Practical Part Physical Chemistry II (Electrochemistry)BIOT 503


Aims

The theoretical part in the course will be covered practically where principles of applied
electrochemistry: the chemical, electrochemical, metallurgical, physical, structural and
thermodynamics of materials; corrosion-testing; the nature of environments; the forms of corrosion
and degradation, catalyst and electrolysis is given.

Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Illustrate the parameters that affect any reaction.
2. Recognize the rate of the catalytic reactions.

Intellectual skills
3. Analyze the corrosion and degradation mechanisms.
4. Determine and evaluate the rate of reactions.
5. Sketch and design single Hydrogen Fuel cell.
6. Analyze the selected case studies related to corrosion and catalysis.
7. Measure the electrode potential through applying Nernst equation.

Professional & Practical skills


8. Operate and setup the different experiments.
9. Apply the ASTM standards during the practical sessions.
10. Carry out and evaluate the electrolysis reaction, and determine hydrogen evaluation.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 148
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General skills
11. Adopt safety guidelines in carrying out lab experiments.
12. Write final report about experimental results.
13. Prepare ―outdoor project‖ about materials behavior in environment.

Content
Credited teaching
hours for ECTS
calculation
Topic Practical session
1 Electrode potential, Nernst equation 2
2 Corrosion reaction/degradation mechanism 2
3 Corrosion reaction/degradation mechanism continued 2
4 Materials degradation rate/reaction kinetics 2
5 Materials degradation rate/reaction kinetics continued 2
6 Catalyst; Pt/Ru in fuel cells 2
7 Catalyst; Pt/Ru in fuel cells continued 2
8 Electrolysis and hydrogen production 2
9 Electrolysis and hydrogen production continued 2
10 Case study ―materials in Bio-application‖ 2
11 Case study ―materials in Bio-application‖ continued 2
12 Outdoor project ―snap pictures about materials in 2
environment‖

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions

References
Recommended textbook
 Lab manual

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
10 laboratory reports Each of 10%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 149
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, white board and markers.

 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department

Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Ahmed Abd el Aziz
E- Mail ahmed.aziz@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 1142
Room number C7.104

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 150
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Biochemistry I BIOT 521


A-Basic Information
Semester number Fifth semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Third year
Department offering the course Biochemistry
Specialization Biochemistry and Biochemical analytical Methods
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week, 1 Practical session/ week
Student workload 210 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 7 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Biochemistry I BIOT 521
Aims

After completion of the course the student should have the basic knowledge and skills that enable
her/ him to illustrate the principal chemical structure of various biological molecules such as enzymes,
amino acids, proteins, and DNA and to relate this knowledge correctly to the major functions
elaborated by these molecules. Also, they should be able to identify quantitatively and qualitatively the
properties of the above biological molecules and explain the changes in these constituents in
pathological conditions.

This course is essential for future studies and research in the fields of molecular biology,
biotechnology, biochemistry, clinical biochemistry, cell biology, oncology, clinical pharmacy,
genomics, proteomics and other related biological and medical fields. The integration of basic and
clinical biochemistry in this course, which is not offered by many other universities, enables students to
understand many essential principles of body function in health and disease, and to establish a direct
link between theory and clinical application of biochemistry.

In consequence, students can provide the society with the various ways to keep the body in
efficient working condition. In addition, the knowledge of the internal mechanisms of the body is also
essential to design drugs for the cure of the malfunction in any system.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 151
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Acquire a working knowledge of the major biomolecules, their structure, function and
metabolism.
2. List basic biochemical pathways and mechanisms, and define basic principles of health
sciences.
3. Demonstrate principles and activities of different body systems in health & disease states, and
correlate human genetic disorders and various diseases to metabolic defects.
4. Describe the pathology, symptoms, clinical features, diagnosis and treatment of various
metabolic disorders.
5. Describe the chemical processes that underlie the function of the human body.
6. Illustrate the theory and practice of methods to study biomolecules, including spectroscopic
methods, coupled tests and enzyme kinetics.

Intellectual skills
7. Select the proper diagnostic tests for different diseases, suggest the lab tests relevant to the
clinical manifestations.
8. Use the proper terms and abbreviations used in the biochemical pathways, and in the different
metabolic diseases.

Professional & Practical skills


9. Read critically publications in the biochemical scientific literature, analyze and evaluate the
experimental results, compare such findings to the literature, and predict the incidence of
various diseases based on the clinical information, and devise strategies for the diagnosis and
treatment of these diseases.

General skills
10. Develop skills to communicate scientific results in writing through composing a research
article based on laboratory results.
11. Search for information; compose a research article based on lab values, and correlate
theoretical information with clinical data.
12. Work effectively in a team of two students for formulating the research article.
13. Use analytical techniques, including kinetic analysis, graphical representations and curve
analysis through homework problems, and develop methods for efficiently calculating,
presenting and analyzing experimental data.
14. Read, understand and utilize relevant biochemical information from reference textbooks.
15. Write a research article applying experimental methods including spectroscopy, enzyme
kinetics, and clinical tests.
16. Work out homework questions independently to develop the ability to think creatively and
independently, and understand scientific principles, rather than to memorize.
17. Develop skills to discuss biochemical and clinical case studies in tutorials, by interaction with
tutors, lecturers and fellow students.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 152
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
Credited teaching
hours for ECTS
calculation
Topic Lecture
Tutorials
1 Amino Acids and Peptides 2 2
2 Proteins – Structure, Dynamics and Function 2 2
3 Enzyme kinetics 2 2
4 Enzyme Inhibition 2 2
5 Carbohydrate metabolism: Glycolysis 2 2
6 Carbohydrate metabolism : Aerobic Metabolism 2 2
7 Carbohydrate metabolism : Glycogen Metabolism & 2 2
Gluconeogenesis
8 Carbohydrate metabolism : Pentose Phosphate Pathway and 2 2
Other Pathways of Hexose Metabolism
9 Nucleotide metabolism 2 2
10 Lipids & lipid Metabolism 1 2 2
11 Lipids and lipid metabolism 2 2 2
12 Lipids and lipid metabolism 3 2 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Jeremy M. Berg, John L. Tymoczko, Lubert Stryer,W. H. Freeman & Co., New York, USA
ISBN: 0-7167-4684-0 Biochemistry (5th edition)
 Lippincott‘s illustrated reviews biochemistry
 Stryer Biochemistry - Student companion to accompany Biochemistry

Recommended further reading


 Lehninger, Voet/Voet, Lippincotts, and Colour Atlas of Biochemistry (2nd Edition) 2005
 Practical Clinical Biochemistry, H. Varley, A.H. Gowenlock & M. Bell, William Heinemann
Medical Books LTD, London
 Biochemistry. The molecular basis of life McGraw-Hill

Relevant websites
 www.whfreeman.com/biochem5
 http://www.lsbu.ac.uk/biology/enztech/inhibition.html
 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Myocardial_infarction,
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmedhealth/PMH0001246
 http://www.medicinenet.com/hemoglobin/article.htm
 http://www.patient.co.uk/health/Blood-Test-Liver-Function-Tests.htm
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 153
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

 http://www.LWW.com.

Materials
 PowerPoint presentations, movies, PDFs and Animations

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes ( 1 out of 2) 10%
Assignments (best 2 out of 3) 10%
Mid- term 35%
Final 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, white board and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions.

Practical Part of Biochemistry I BIOT 521


Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Describe principles of basic medical science and biochemistry practice.
2. Describe the principles of basic biochemical analytical methods using GLP guidelines and
validation procedures.
3. Explain principles of isolation and identification of various biological molecules.
4. List the factors affecting different diseases, and specify the significance of different
biochemical measurements and assays.
5. Describe how various diseases can be identified by biochemical analysis, and report the types
and clinical features of those diseases.
6. Recognize these techniques as the basis of clinical laboratory tests.

Intellectual skills
7. Develop experimental skills to use modern equipment designed for biochemical analysis,
including spectrophotometers, automatic pipettes, electrophoresis apparatus, and others.
8. Abide by the basic GLP rules and safety regulations, and recognize the optimum conditions
for enzymes‘ activity.
9. Discuss the effect of different diseases on the level of body proteins and disease biomarkers,
and compare the bioassays results and the experimental results with the published literature.
10. Select the proper diagnostic tests for different diseases, suggest the lab tests relevant to the
clinical manifestations, and interpret laboratory results related to diseases.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 154
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

11. Use experimental techniques to solve biochemical questions and discuss clinical cases
relevant to the biomolecules that are studied in the laboratory.

Professional & Practical skills


12. Spell different medical terminology and abbreviations related to the course topics.
13. Handle properly automatic pipettes, and use properly the electrophoresis apparatus and the
spectrophotometers.
14. Assess basic principles and techniques of biochemical experimentation, and interpret
biochemical lab tests with respect to clinical manifestations and in relation to the scientific
literature.
15. Determine unknown concentrations, apply bioassays, draw calibration curves, isolate DNA
from cells using the appropriate buffers and correlate the levels of biomarkers with different
diseases.
16. Use the laboratory tests in diagnosis and management of different metabolic disorders, and
practice how to diagnose each type of metabolic disorder by lab tests.
17. Develop basic laboratory skills to study structure, function and properties of biomolecules,
and to determine their biological activities using principles of enzyme kinetics.

General skills
18. Write full lab report with medical interpretation for the results.
19. Work effectively in groups in the lab.
20. Apply proper calculations and proper usage of dilution factors, molar concentrations and
percentage of precipitated proteins.
21. Practice safe waste disposal of biohazards and work in hygienic environment.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Determination of Unknown Concentration of KMnO4 and measuring the 2
accuracy/precision of automatic pipettes.
2 Determination of Total Proteins and Albumin Concentration in a Serum 2
Sample
3 Precipitation and Denaturation of Proteins 2
4 Determination of the Kinetic Parameters of Alcohol Dehydrogenase 2
Enzyme
5 Determination of the Kinetic Parameters of Catalase Enzyme 2
6 Oral Glucose Tolerance Test 2
7 Glycated Hemoglobin Assay 2
8 Lipids Assay 2
9 Lipids Assay 2
10 Extraction of DNA from Tomatoes and Assay of Serum Uric Acid 2

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions and lab report
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 155
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Recommended textbook
 Biochemistry textbooks (eg Berg, Tymozko, Stryer, 5th edition), and textbooks of Clinical
Chemistry and Clinical Biochemistry
Materials
 GUC Biochemistry lab manual, automatic pipettes, weighting balances, centrifuge,
electrophoresis apparatus, spectrophotometers, burettes, and water baths (Jenway)

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Laboratory performance 50%
Final Laboratory Quiz 10%
Final Practical Exam 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Laboratory equipped black board, automatic pipettes, weighting balances, centrifuge,
electrophoresis apparatus, spectrophotometers, burettes, and water baths (Jenway).
 Biochemistry laboratory manual available on the intranet.

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Prof. Dr. Mohamed Zakaria Gad

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Hans Georg Breitinger
E- Mail hans.breitinger@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2199
Room number B5-126

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 156
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Sixth Semester Courses

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 157
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Cell Biology BIOT 641


A-Basic Information
Semester number 6th Semester
Semester type Spring Semester
Study year 3rd Year
Department offering the  Pharmacology & Toxicology (Molecular Pathology Unit).
course  Pharmaceutical Biology.
 Biochemistry.
Specialization Cell biology & Biochemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week,1Practical session /week
Student workload 180 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 6 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Cell Biology BIOT 641
Aims

The first part of the course introduces the students to the principles and entities of cell
biology. The structure and chemical composition of cells is detailed, followed by an
introduction to compartimentation, the role and function of biological membranes, and
cellular organelles. Then intracellular signaling and intracellular protein trafficking and
transport are introduced, and these activities related to cell specialization.
The contribution of cellular entities and proteins to cell morphology, plasticity and
differentiation is given, followed by an overview of cell and tissue culture.
The second part of the course gives an insight into the cell structure of different cellular
organelles and compartments, and it explains the cellular cytoskeleton and inter-vesicular
trafficking. Moreover, this course provides a deep understanding of the different phases of
the cell cycle, and its intra-cellular as well as extra-cellular control mechanism.
The course enhances students‘ understanding of the cellular behavior, the cell to cell
communications, as well as the intracellular signaling. In addition, the course briefly shows
how do cells commit suicide, or in other words undergo apoptosis.
Finally, the course will allow students to have strong background about Cell Biology,
which will strengthen their knowledge in the molecular signaling events that happen inside
the cell, and will allow students to proceed further in Biotechnology, Molecular Biology, and
Molecular Medicine.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 158
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Describe all components of a cell and list their functions.
2. Explain the basic structures and functions of biological membranes.
3. Describe cellular compartments and structures.
4. List cell sorting signals and discuss their function.
5. Describe and explain cellular transport and properties of the cytoskeleton.
6. Recount the basics of cell differentiation and cell culture.
7. Define the cell cycle phases, and recall the details of each phase.
8. Describe the intracellular system of the cell cycle major events like; DNA replication
during S-phase, chromosomal segregation & cell division during N-phase, and the
crucial regulatory mechanisms during G1-phase.
9. Identify the components of the extra cellular signaling molecules controlling the
different phases of the cell cycle like; mitogens, growth factors, and survival factors.
10. Describe what is apoptosis, and the internal and external activation of pro-caspases to
induce apoptosis.
11. Define the different ways of cell signaling and cell communication by specifying the
general principles of cell communication or signaling through G-protein signaling
receptors or enzyme linked cell surface receptors, or signaling pathways that depend
on regulated proteolysis.
12. Recall the cell structure: membrane structure and function, intracellular compartments
and protein sorting, as well as inter-vesicular trafficking.
13. Relate the cell structure to its cytoskeleton backbone.

Intellectual skills
14. Differentiate organelles and components of cells.
15. Classify cellular compartments.
16. Arrange and systematize the various forms of intracellular transport.

Professional & Practical skills


17. Deduce the contribution of cellular organization to cell differentiation.
18. Predict the specific properties related to stem cells
19. Recommend basic techniques for the culture of specific cell types and tissues.

General skills
20. Communicate the relevance of cellular specification and intracellular architecture as
related to biomedical situations.
21. Suggest procedures and equipment needed for effective cell and tissue culturing.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 159
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Topics covered in the theoretical part of the course (theoretical course content):
Credited teaching
hours for ECTS
calculation
Topic Lecture
1 Structural compartments and chemical composition of the cell 2
Importance of biological membranes, structure and function
Membrane lipids, membrane proteins, Transport through
biological membranes
2 Intracellular compartments and protein sorting, protein movement 2
through biological membranes; sorting protein signals.
Cellular protein transport, protein glycosylation and folding
3 Intracellular vesicular trafficking, cellular cargos and destinations 2
Coating for vesicular transport; SNARES – targeting and
membrane fusion; intracellular transport
4 Cytoskeleton 2
5 Cell differentiation and stem cells 2
6 Basic Cell and tissue culture techniques 2
7 Cell cycle overview 2
8 Intracellular control of the cell cycle events 2
9 Programmed cell death 2
10 General Principles of cell communication 2
11 Signaling through G-protein surface receptors 2
12 Signaling through enzyme liked surface receptors 2
13 Signaling pathways that depend on regulated proteolysis 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 160
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures

References
Recommended textbook
 Alberts et al. (2002). ‗The Cell‘, 4th edn, ISBN: 0-8153-3218-1 (hardbound), 0-
8153-4072-9 (pbk), USA: Garland Science.
 Crocker, J., Murray, P.G. Molecular (2003) Biology in Cellular Pathology John
Wiley & Sons Ltd
 Lodish, H. Molecular Cell Biology; 5th. Edition

Materials
 Lectures slides on the GUC intranet
 Handouts

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid-term exam 30%
Final exam 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, white board and markers.

 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

Practical Part of Cell Biology BIOT 641

Course aims for the theoretical part of the course:


The practical Cell Biology introduces students to the practical work of generation,
culture, passage and handling of primary and clonal eukaryotic cells.
Treatment, dissection, tissue preparation, microtome slide preparation of murine tissues
and cells are carried out, followed by microscopic examination of the preparations.
Cytotoxicity tests are taught, and the establishment of a primary culture from mouse
fibroblasts, including a tissue regeneration experiment is carried out n the first part of the
practical.
Transient transfection is performed, followed by preparation of crude cell membrane
fractions, identification of a membrane protein through SDS-polyacrylamide gel
electrophoresis and Western Blotting.
A second aspect is introduction to PCR-based site directed mutagenesis. A mutation is
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 161
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

introduced, the mutated cDNA cloned into a plasmid vector, which is transformed into
bacteria, and plasmid DNA amplified, isolated and purified. Successful mutagenesis is
verified by restriction digestion and agarose gel electrophoresis.

Learning outcomes of the practical part of the course:

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:

Professional & Practical skills

1. Handle experimental animal (mice), perform ip injection.


2. Sacrifice and dissect animals and prepare organ isolates.
3. Prepare tissues for microtome sectioning.
4. Perform pathological and microscopic examinations of tissue samples
5. Perform cytotoxicity tests on clonal tumor cell lines.
6. Isolate primary embryonic mouse fibroblasts.
7. Establish primary cell culture.
8. Prepare chitosan scaffold for tissue regeneration.
9. Culture primary fibroblasts on tissue scaffold.
10. Handle and passage eukaryotic cell lines safely and effectively.
11. Perform transfection of eukaryotic cells
12. Perform membrane preparation.
13. Characterize a specific protein through gel electrophoresis and Western Blotting.
14. Perform PCR-based mutagenesis.
15. Ligate DNA segments into plasmid vectors.
16. Amplify, purify and isolate plasmid DNA.
17. Perform restriction digest analysis and agarose gel electrophoresis with DNA.

18. Operate all relevant equipment for mutagenesis, plasmid work and eukaryortic cell
work, including sterile flow hoods, incubators, centrifuges, SDS-PAGE, agarose
gel electrophoresis, UV spectrometry, Western Blotting, antibody staining.
19. Handle biological samples (DNA, protein, cell preparations) safely and efficiently
so that hazards are avoided and the biological material is preserved.

Intellectual skills
20. Prepare experiments with all appropriate controls.
21. Evaluate microscopic and pathological cell and tissue samples.
22. Analyze cytotoxicity tests.
23. Decide on instrumental and experimental needs for primary cell culture and tissue
culture and regeneration.
24. Evaluate gel electrophoresis, spectrometric, and Western Blot results.
25. Judge success and quality of experimental work from the analytical data obtained.

General skills
26. Work safely in a biochemical and cell biology laboratory, keeping all biological
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 162
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

materials intact and prevent any hazards to other users of the laboratory.

Topics covered in the practical part of the course (practical course content):
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 IP injection of mice with hepatotoxic drug 2
Mouse dissection & isolation of internal organs, Tissue
processing, embedding in Paraffin blocks.
2 Tissue sectioning (Microtomy), Staining of tissue sections 2
Microscopy & pathological examination
3 Cytotoxicity test: seeding of various lung tumor cell lines 2
Incubation with different doses of a chemotherapeutic drug.
4 Neutral red viability assay, Evaluation of cellular viability 2
5 Tissue regeneration: Isolation of primary fibroblasts (mouse 2
embryo)
Setting up primary culture from isolated cells.
Sub-culturing and expansion
6 Preparation of Chitosan Scaffold 2
Skin injury of adult mouse.
Tissue regeneration using cultured fibroblasts on Chitosan
scaffold
7 Cell passage and handling, cell transfection, PCR mutagenesis 2
pt. 1
8 Cell harvest, membrane preparation, SDS-PAGE, Western Blot, 2
PCR mutagenesis pt. 2
9 Ligation of DNA fragment into plasmid, preparation of 2
competent cells, transformation
10 Culture of positive transfectants, picking of clones 2
11 Amplification of positive clones, plasmid isolation 2
12 Restriction digest and agarose gel electrophoresis 2

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions

References
Materials
 Laboratory manual

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Practical work in lab 50 %
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 163
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Final report (groups of 2 students) 50 %

Facilities required for teaching and learning


 Animal facility to provide experimental mice.
 Laboratory setup for mouse injection, dissection, tissue processing, paraffin embedding.
 Microtome for slice preparation.
 Laboratory equipped with Microscopes, fluorescent attachment to microscope, Cell culture
incubator, laminar flow hood, uv spectrometer, centrifuges, protein (vertical) gel
electrophoresis, Western blotting apparatus, horizontal (agarose) gel apparatus,
transilluminator (uv) for DNA detection, all required chemicals and bioreagents.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the GUC intranet and handed
to students.

C- Administrative Information
Heads of the involved departments
 Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal is the head of Pharmacology & Toxicology department
 Prof. Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy is the head of Pharmaceutical Biology department.
 Prof. Dr. Mohamed Zakaria Gad is the head of Biochemistry department.

Course coordinators contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Hans-Georg Breitinger
E- Mail hans.breitinger@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-2759-0699
Ext 2199
Room number B5.126

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 164
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Bioinformatics BIOT 681


A-Basic Information
Semester number Sixth Semester
Semester type Spring Semester
Study year Third Year
Department offering the Biochemistry
course
Specialization Biochemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ; 1 tutorial session / week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Course aims
The basic principles of bioinformatics are introduced in this course. The importance of
data management and databases in biochemical research is discussed, DNA- and protein
sequences and methods to obtain them are introduced. Various databases and bioinformatics
websites and tools are described. The importance of sequences comparison, sequence
changes through mutation and evolution, and various types of sequence analysis and scoring
of sequ8ence alignments are presented. Scoring matrices and their background are
introduced. Sequence alignment using Needleman-Wunsch and Smith-Waterman algorithms
is introduced and applied, and the use of the BLAST algorithm for sequence alignments is
described.
In tutorials, the practical use of the techniques taught in the course are reviewed and
applied, about 50 % of tutorial time is devoted to internet work, using databases and routines
introduced during the course.

learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


27. Recall the importance and consequences of DNA- and protein sequences for
biochemistry.
28. Identify relevant regions in biochemical sequences.
29. List relevant sites and routines to perform biological database analysis.
30. Describe techniques of sequences alignment.
31. Explain the principles underlying the BLAST algorithm.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 165
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Professional & Practical skills


32. Interpret biological sequences and identify regions of importance.
33. Examine sequencing results and assess their validity.
34. Perform sequence alignment using Needleman-Wunsch (global) and Smith-
Waterman (local) algorithms and score the alignments.
35. Perform BLAST sequence alignments and interpret the obtained alignment scores.
36. Effectively use public databases and alignment routines for biochemical research
work.

Intellectual skills
37. Device exchange and scoring matrices based on biochemical conditions.
38. Distinguish the origin of commonly used scoring matrices.
39. Perform BLAST analysis and identify evolutionary and functional relationships
between proteins through their sequences.

General skills
40. Communicate the scope and limitations of bioinformatics approaches.
41. Classify sequence alignment results and put them into biochemical context.

Topics covered in the theoretical part of the course (theoretical course content):
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Introduction to Bioinformatics, Review of Biochemistry 2
2 Sequence determination and interpretation 2
3 Sequence alignment I, exchange and scoring matrices, dot plot 2
4 Sequence Alignment II Gobal Alignment 2
5 Sequence Alignment III Local Alignment, Databases I 2
6 Bioinformatics databases and their use 2
7 Introduction to models and algorithms 2
8 Design of different algorithms 2
9 Pattern matching and coding of information 2
10 Global alignment using the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm 2
11 Semi-global alignment using the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm 2
12 Local alignment using the Smith-Waterman algorithm 2

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 166
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments, use of scientific databases and bioinformatics routines.

References
Recommended textbook
 Course Handouts, internet resources
 Internet lectures (provided)
 L.K. Buehler, H.H. Radish, ed‘s Bioinformatics Basics, Taylor & Francis, 2005 ISBN
0-8493-1283-3
 R. Durbin, S. Eddy, A. Krogh, G. Mitchinson, Biological Sequence Analysis,
Cambridge University Press, 2006, ISBN 0-521-62971-3

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Midterm Exam 35 %
Final Exam 45 %
Graded home assignments (2) 20 %

Educational Utensils
Facilities required for teaching & learning:
Lecture room equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white
board and markers.
Computer with internet connection for tutorial work.
Forms of media:
Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Mohamed Z. Gad

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Hans-Georg Breitinger
E- Mail hans.breitinger@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-2759-0699
Ext 199
Room number B5.126

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 167
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Introduction to Biosafety BIOT 651


A-Basic Information
Semester number Sixth Semester
Semester type Spring Semester
Study year Third Year
Department offering the course Microbiology, Immunology and Biotechnology
Specialization Biosafety
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week One Lecture/2weeks
Student workload 31 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 1 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

This is a training course which provides students with knowledge and skills needed in
microbiological and biomedical laboratories to handle biohazards and genetically engineered
products. It is designed to teach the students the principles of biosafety in microbiological
laboratories, features of the different biosafety levels, microbiological risk assessment, the
regulations concerned the transporting of biological agents, biosafety for potential bioterrorism
agents, and biosafety related to recombinant DNA technology.

learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Explain the impact of Biosafety on human and environmental safety.
2. Explain the elements of containment of Biosafety in biomedical and microbiological
laboratories.
3. Describe the criteria used to assess risk associated with handling of biohazards.
4. Describe the categories of bioterrorism agents
5. Describe the triple package system.

Professional & Practical skills

6. Use the proper terms commonly used in biosafety field.


7. Handle, dispose transport biohazards and genetically engineered materials safely.
8. Advise colleagues and other parties involved in dealing with biohazards about safe & proper
use and dispose of biohazard materials.
Intellectual skills
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 168
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

9. Implement the concept of biosafety in their laboratory activities.


10. Recommend a element of containments based on the biohazard materials
11. Assess the risk associated handling of the biohazard materials based on the etiology and,
mode of transmission, and reported cases of transmission
12. Assess risk associated the use of clinical specimens for which there is no or limited
information.
13. Apply the recommended procedures to decontaminate any spills of biohazard materials.
14. Implement and recommend safety containments in handling blood-borne pathogens.
15. Assign Biosafety level to infectious agents based on the laboratory activity
16. Design and recommend a Biosafety level based on given information such as mode of
transmission, and reported laboratory accidents associated with handling of biohazards.
17. Design and recommend a Biosafety level based on the type of the bioterrorism agents
18. Apply the triple package system in transporting of infectious substances and clinical
specimens.
19. Design and recommend a Biosafety level for GMOs based on the studied models.

General skills

20. Adopt safety guidelines in handling, disposing and doing risk assessment for biohazard and
genetically engineered products.
21. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem solving and decision making abilities regarding
assigning Biosafety levels based on different criteria including real situation and problem
encountered in the laboratory

Topics covered in the course:


No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Principle of biosafety 2
2 Microbiological laboratory safety levels 2
3 Microbiological risk assessment 2
4 Recommended biosafety levels for infectious agents 2
5 Recommended biosafetly levels for bioterrorism agents 2
6 Transporting of infectious substances and clinical specimens 2
7 Biosafety regarding recombinant DNA technology 2

Learning and teaching methods

Lectures

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 169
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Recommended textbook
Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention/National Institutes of Health, 4th ed., U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
D.C., 1999

Recommended further reading


Laboratory Biosafety Manual, World Health Organization, 3rd ed., Geneva, 2004.

Relevant websites
www.cdc.gov

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting (%)
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20
Midterm 35
Final 45

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Khaled Abu Aisha

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Mohamed El-Azizi
E- Mail mohamed.el-azizi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2212
Room number B5-119

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 170
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Genetics and Genetic Engineering I BIOT 631

A-Basic Information
Semester number Sixth semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Third year
Department offering the Microbiology and Immunology department
course
Specialization Genetics
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week
Student workload 84.5 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 3 CP

B- Professional Information
Learning outcomes

By the end of the course, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Identify the nucleic acid structure and function.
2. Recognize the gene cloning process and mechanism.
3. Describe the principle behind gel electrophoresis, density gradient centrifugation,
methods for nucleic acids labeling, nucleic acids sequences detection, DNA ligation,
recombinant DNA technology and the mechanism of action of DNA polymerases.
4. Describe and interpret a DNA sequence.
5. Explain the meaning and the importance of a gene library.
6. Explain how cDNA can be prepared from a coding RNA sequence.
7. Describe how a PCR is performed and the potential applications of PCR
8. Recognize gene and genome structures and regulation in prokaryotes and Eukaryotic
nuclear genomes.
9. Explain how genomes are expressed by explaining the transcription mechanisms and
their regulation, and the translation mechanisms and their regulation.
10. Explain Genome replication and eukaryotic cell cycle.
11. Explain the principle behind DNA Recombination and transposition.
12. Explain the mechanism behind different gene Mutations and DNA repair.

Professional & Practical skills


13. Construct a calibration curve from an agarose or a polyacrylamide gel and determine the
size of an unknown DNA fragment.
14. Calculate the concentration of nucleic acid fragments required for a cloning experiment.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 171
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

15. Calculate the recommended annealing temperature for a PCR reaction


16. Design PCR primers for amplification of specific DNA sequence

General skills
17. Use numerical calculation methods as well as information technology tools in solving the
assignment problems.
18. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities during the
tutorial sessions and during solving the assignment problems.

Content
Credited teaching
hours for ECTS
calculation
Topic Lecture
1 Nucleic acid structure and function 2
2 The basic toolbox 2
3 The basic toolbox (cont.) 2
4 Introduction to gene and genome structures: 1. Prokaryotes – 2
Structure and regulation
5 Introduction to gene and genome structures: 2. Eukaryotic nuclear 2
genomes – Structure and regulation
6 How genomes are expressed: 1-Transcription 2
7 Transcriptional regulation 2
8 How genomes are expressed: 2-Translation: mechanisms and 2
regulation
9 Genome replication and eukaryotic cell cycle 2
10 Recombination and transposition 2
11 Mutations and DNA repair 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 172
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures

References
Recommended textbook
 Watson, J. Molecular Biology of the Gene, 5th edition & Molecular Biology

Recommended further reading


 Alberts et al., Molecular Biology of the Cell. 5th edition.

Materials
 Power point presentation and lecture notes available as soft copy on the GUC intranet.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20 %
Midterm 40 %
Final 40 %

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, white board and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Khaled Abou-Aisha

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Khaled Abou-Aisha
E- Mail khaled.abou-aisha@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2213
Room number B5.107

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 173
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Technical Chemistry and Process Engineering BIOT 691

A-Basic Information
Semester number 6th semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year 3rd year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Specialization Technical Chemistry
Type of course Complementary
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
Technical Chemistry and Process Engineering course offers an outstanding opportunity for
biotechnology students to acquire advanced process engineering knowledge and skills for future
career development. This course also incorporates with other courses (e.g. Fermentation) to enable a
graduate to become an expert in a self selected professional area of environmental, pharmaceutical, or
medical engineering.

Topics include a brief summary and basic theories of Fluid dynamics, Mass balance, Heat transfer
and Mixing of reaction components. Moreover, the course covers the principles of bioreactors as well
as the construction and operating of different types of bioreactors. On the other hand, the session of
process engineering aimed at learning the basics of an engineering visibility study for any
biotechnological process. The latter includes design, operating and maintaining of an industrial
biotechnological facility and managing mass production as well waste management including solid,
liquid, gas wastes.

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Collect all basics about mass balance, fluid dynamics and heat transfer which will help in
designing a proper bioreactor.
2. Relate all process engineering diagrams for construction of biotechnology facility.
3. Specify critical requirements for collecting and treating hazard wastes arise with any process.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 174
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills
4. Analyze all main components and unit operation of bioreactors.
5. Compare different construction ideas for best fitting reactor design.
6. Judge published documentations of industrial biotechnological applications.

Professional & Practical skills


7. Setup logic and flexible operation units based on available data.
8. Invent new bioreactor design that matches manufacturing a target product.
9. Assemble bioreactors in way that is environmentally safe and ensures non cost overrun
operation.

General skills
10. Develop core engineering and scientific skills in order to enable understanding complex
technical processes.
11. Assess further training in more advanced aspects of process technology and engineering.
12. Enable infer new research ideas in multidisciplinary teams and topics.

Content
Credited teaching
hours for ECTS
calculation
Topic Lecture
1 Introduction to Biotechnology 2
2 Principles of Fluid dynamics 2
3 Mass Balance 2
4 Thermodynamic processes 2
5 Modes of Heat Transfer and Design of heat exchangers 2
6 Bioreactor configuration and design principles 2
7 Continuous stirred tank reactor CSTR 2
8 Bubble column, Airlift bioreactors 2
9 Photoreactors design and radiation sources 2
10 Process engineering design diagrams 2
11 Pilot plants and Cost Estimation 2
12 Waste management 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments, tutorials and presentations.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 175
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Recommended textbook

Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill Chemical Engineering Series, Warren McCabe,
Julian Smith, Peter Harriott, ISBN: 0072848235, 9780072848236.

Recommended further reading

Mass-transfer operations, McGraw-Hill chemical engineering series, Robert Ewald Treybal, ISBN:
0070651760, 9780070651760

Relevant websites
Chemical Engineering Encyclopaedia, http://www.enggpedia.com/chemical-engineering-
encyclopedia/

Materials
PowerPoint presentations, short movies representing biotechnological process and bioreactors

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Assignments (Theoretical) 10%
Quiz (Theoretical) 15%
Mid-Term Exam (Theoretical) 30%
Final Exam (Theoretical) 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, white board and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin
Course coordinator contact information
Course Coordinator Dr. Tarek Hashem
E- Mail tarek.hashem@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 1154
Room number C7, 108

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 176
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Introduction to Management HUMA 601


A-Basic Information
Semester number 6th Semester
Semester type Winter Semester
Study year 3rd Year
Department offering the course Management
Specialization Management
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 lecture/week
Student workload 68 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 2 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Introduction to Management (HUMA 601)
Aims

This introductory course in general management introduces students majoring in


biotechnology to the basic theoretical and practical issues involved in the management
of business organizations. The course is designed to build a theoretical foundation that
enables students to grasp the classic theories as well as the basic tenets of modern
management theory and to be able to follow more advanced texts later on. At the same
time, the course material is of high practical relevance and introduces students to the
real life issues and complex problems that managers face in contemporary
organizations.

learning outcomes of the theoretical part of the course:

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define the management process.
2. Recall what constitutes external environmental and organizational culture.
3. Relate business practices to ethical behavior and social responsibility.
4. Recognize the importance of international management.
5. Specify fundamentals of organizing and discuss the strategic management process.
6. Review organizational change and development and operations management and control.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 177
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills

7. Employ team work and communicate theories.


8. Apply knowledge gained to small business cases.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorial
1 Introduction 2 0
2 The Management Process 2 0
3 External Environmental and Organizational Culture 2 0
4 Ethical Behavior and Social Responsibility 2 0
5 International Management 2 0
6 The Strategic Management Process (Part 1) 2 0
7 The Strategic Management Process (Part 2) 2 0
8 Organizational Change and Development 2 0
9 Teams and Teamwork 2 0
10 Communication, Conflict, and Negotiation 2 0
11 Operations Management and Control 2 0

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes
Learning and teaching methods

The main method of instruction is lecturing including discussion of the material at hand.

References
Recommended Textbook
 John Schermerhorn (2009). ―Management.‖ 10th edition. John Wiley & Sons. ISBN-
10: 047029437X, ISBN-13: 978-0470294376.

Assessment

Student Assessment Methods Assessment Weighing


Midterm (automated MCQ) 50%
Final (automated MCQ) 50%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 178
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities Required for Teaching & Learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer and white board.
 Availability of lecture presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the Department

Dr. Sherwat Elwan


Course Coordinator Contact Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Sherwat Elwan
E- Mail sherwat.elwan@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2221
Room number B5.313

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 179
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Biophysics BIOT 611


A-Basic Information
Semester number 6th semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year 3rd year
Department offering the course Physics department
Specialization Biophysics
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week
Student workload 101.5 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 3 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

Scientists who have the Biophysical approach to Biology and Medicine will be the first ones to
reach their research targets in Life-Science. The course aims to introduce the basic knowledge of
Physics needed to be used and applied in Biotechnology and for future studies. Biophysics introduces
students to the underlying physics that governs a wide range of phenomena, instruments and
procedures relevant to Biotechnology, while also developing student problem solving skills.

Topics are introduced within a contextual framework by utilizing examples relevant to the
Biology and Medicine. The modern subjects are included in the course as Biomechanics, Biomedical
Materials, Electric Design, Molecular Physics, Molecular Dynamics and the use of radiation for
diagnosis and therapy.

Learning outcomes

By the end of the course, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Explain the motion of body parts with the laws of Mechanics.
2. Describe the biomedical materials needed as organ replacements.
3. Enumerate the quantum variables of a system.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 180
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills
4. Apply the laws of Electricity in Biotechnology experiments.
5. Calculate the energy and intensity of an EM radiation.
6. Analyze a Molecular system for a computer simulation.
7. Calculate different physical quantities for a radio-isotope.
8. Differentiate between different Nuclear Medicine radio-isotopes.
9. Apply the laws of Physics in Biological systems

Professional & Practical skills


10. Design properly a biotechnology experiment to study a given phenomenon.
11. Plan a computer simulation to study a biochemical reaction.
12. Plan a biotechnology experiment with different electric transducers.
13. Develop new physical models for biotechnology.

Content
Credited teaching
hours for ECTS
calculation
Topic Lecture
1 Introduction. 2
2 Laws of motion and Biomechanics. 2
3 Strength of materials and Biomaterials. 2
4 Electric design and measurements of electric activities. 2
5 Analysis of nerve pulses and Diffusion. 2
6 Electromagnetic Radiation and effects (I). 2
7 Electromagnetic Radiation and effects (II). 2
8 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. 2
9 Molecular Physics. 2
10 Molecular Dynamics. 2
11 Nuclear Physics and Applications (I). 2
12 Nuclear Physics and Applications (II). 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 181
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures with PowerPoint slides and presentations

References
Recommended textbook
R. J. Cotterill. (2005), ‗Biophysics An Introduction‘, 4th edn..

Recommended further reading


P. Nelson. (2004). ‗Biological Physics‘.

Relevant websites
http://biology.mitrasites.com/biophysics-textbook-online.html

Materials
PowerPoint presentation and softcopy lecture notes on GUC intranet.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Final Exam 40%
Midterm Exam 30%
Quizzes 20%
Assignment 10%
Facilities required for teaching & learning
 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, white board and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Reinhard Sigel

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. rer. nat. Amr Aboshousha
E- Mail amr.aboshousha@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext ----
Room number C5-203

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 182
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Seventh Semester Courses

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 183
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Genetics & Genetic Engineering II (Molecular Biology)


BIOT 732
A-Basic Information
Semester number 7th semester
Semester type Winter
Study year 4th year
Department offering the  Pharmacology & Toxicology (Molecular Pathology Unit).
course  Microbiology & Immunology.
 Pharmaceutical Biology.
Specialization Human & Plant Genetics
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week  A week of 2 lectures followed by a week of 1 lecture.
 A week of 1 practical session followed by a week of 2
practical sessions.
Student workload 240 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 8 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Genetics & Genetic Engineering II (Molecular Biology) BIOT 732
Aims
The first part of the course is concerned with plant genetics. This part of the course gives an
introduction to plant genetics, and genetic engineering. The course introduces the general structure
and organization of plant genomes, with emphasis on the distribution of repeated elements and
transposons, which are known to constitute up to 90% of some plant genomes, and discusses the
organization, distribution and function of plant genes, besides explaining the control of gene
expression by trans- and cis-acting regulatory factors, and the epigenetic mechanisms responsible for
differential gene expression in plants. The relevant toolbox used to investigate plant functional
genomics is also covered in addition to the methods currently available for the genetic manipulation
of plants, for purposes of heterologous expression of proteins in plants and/or the development of
transgenic plant strains and those resistant to draught, salinity and potential pathogens.

The second part of the course is mainly concerned with the human genetics, emphasizing on the
human genome project, its organization and how it was mapped & sequenced. Furthermore there is a
brief description of the organization distribution & function of human genes, besides explaining the
control of human gene expression by trans-acting protein factors & cis-acting regulatory factors, and
the epigenetic mechanisms responsible for differential gene expression in human cells. Also Genetic
imprinting & selective expression of one of the parental alleles. Finally discussing the pathogenic
mutations, and the pathogenic potential of repeated sequences.

There is an important part in the course which provides insight of how genes are studied through
either over expression in animal and cell models (Transgenesis) or through knocking out those genes
in anima land cell models (Gene targeting). Moreover there is further emphasis on genetic
manipulations through studying Gene therapy.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 184
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Explain the organization of plant genomes.
2. Describe the distribution and repetitive elements and the function of plant genes.
3. Explain the epigenetic mechanism involved in the control and regulation of plant gene
expression.
4. Discuss the methods used for the genetic manipulations of plant cells.
5. Discuss the strategies employed to develop transgenic plants.
6. Explain the organization of human genome with specific emphasis on the human genome
project and how it is mapped and sequenced.
7. Describe the distribution and function of human genes.
8. Explain the epigenetic mechanism involved in the control and regulation of human gene
expression.
9. Discuss the human genetic imprinting, and the genetic pathogenic mutations & their impact
on human genome.
10. Discuss the genetic manipulations of human cells.
11. Explain briefly key terms of transgenesis, gene targeting, and gene therapy.

Intellectual skills
12. Distinguish entities of the genome and identify their function.
13. Evaluate situation and experimental proposals involving genetic manipulation.
14. Recommend practices and experiments for genetic work including ethical and GLP
guidelines.

Professional & Practical skills


15. Read critically publications in the scientific literature, analyze and evaluate the experimental
results, compare such findings to the literature. Predict the impact of scientific advance on
laboratory work and general health.

General skills
16. Communicate terms and situations of genetics research clearly by verbal and written means.
17. Retrieve and evaluate information from different sources to improve professional
competencies
18. Use numeracy, calculation & statistical methods as well as information technology tools.
19. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development.
20. Adopt ethical, legal & safety guidelines

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 185
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
Credited teaching
hours for ECTS
calculation
Topic Lecture
1 Plant Genomes I: Background and review of mobile genetic 2
elements in plants. Dissecting the plant genome (low-, moderately-
and highly repetitive elements)
2 Plant Genomes I: Control of gene expression in plants and 2
epigenetic control.
3 Basic toolbox for investigating plant genomes I: Cloning systems, 2
sequencing strategies and automation.
4 Basic toolbox for investigating plant genomes II: Protein 2
characterization, databases and informatics.
5 Engineering Plants I: Mechanism of horizontal gene transfer 2
by Agrobacterium tumefaciens. Genetic transformation medi-
ated by Agrobacterium tumefaciens: Production of transgenic
plants expressing proteins of agronomic and industrial value.
6 Engineering Plants II: Molecular farming of pharmaceutical 2
transgenic plants; the exploitation of stably transformed plants to
produce recombinant proteins by molecular farming
7 The Human Genome project: Background & organization of the 2
Human Genome project, How the Human genome was mapped &
sequenced.
8 General organization of the human genome I: Organization 2
distribution & function of human RNA genes.
9 General organization of the human genome II: Organization 2
distribution & function of human polypeptide encoding genes,
Tandemly repeated noncoding DNA, and Interpressed repetitive
noncoding DNA.
10 Gene expression in Human cells: Control of gene expression by 2
trans-acting protein factors & cis-acting regulatory factors, and
Alternative transcription of individual genes. Differential gene
expression in Human cells: Epigenetic mechanisms, Genetic
imprinting, and the unique organization & expression of Ig & TCR
genes.
11 Instability of the Human genome: Genetic mechanisms 2
which results in sequence exchanges between repeats,
Pathogenic mutations, and the pathogenic potential of repeated
sequences.
12 Transgenesis and how transgenic animals and cells are created to 2
study the Genes
13 Gene Targeting and how cells are knocked in and out in animal 2
models for studying Gene functions
14 Gene Therapy I 2
15 Gene Therapy II 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 186
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures.

References
Recommended textbook
 Part I: Cullis, C.A. (2004). ―PLANT GENOMICS AND PROTEOMICS‖, ISBN 0-471-37314-1,
USA, Wiley; Arencibia, A.D. (2000). ‗PLANT GENETIC ENGINEERING‘, ISBN: 0 444 50430
3, ELSEVIER.
 Part II: Strachan & Read. (2004). ‗HUMAN MOLECULAR GENETICS‘, 4TH edn, ISBN: 978-
0-8153-4149-9, USA, UK: Garland Science.
 Strachan & Read. (2004). ‗HUMAN MOLECULAR GENETICS‘, 4TH edn, ISBN: 978-0-8153-
4149-9, USA, UK: Garland Science.

Materials
 Lectures‘ presentations as pdfs, on the GUC intranet. (From lecture 1 to 15).

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid-term exam 30%
Final exam 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, white board and markers.

 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions.

Practical Part of Genetics & Genetic Engineering II (Molecular Biology) BIOT 732

Aims
The practical course teaches students to transfect different human and animal cell lines
with a transgene, and confirm the integration of this transgene within the genome of the cell
lines by analysis of genomic DNA using standard techniques (PCR, gel electrophoresis).
Students should be able to carry out transformation of plant cells and analyze the outcome of
such transformation experiments using Molecular Biology techniques. Genetic analysis on
human cells using karyotyping and comet assay is performed.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 187
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:

Professional & Practical skills


1. Prepare competent bacteria
2. Setup and perform DNA gel electrophoresis and PCR reactions.
3. Perform basic analysis of human cells (karyotyping, comet assay).

Intellectual skills
4. Prepare genetic experiments with all appropriate controls.
5. Evaluate standard genetic tests and analytical procedures.
6. Judge success and quality of experimental work from the analytical data obtained.

General skills
7. Work safely in a biochemical and cell biology laboratory, keeping all biological materials intact
and prevent any hazards to other users of the laboratory.

Content
Credited teaching hours
for ECTS calculation
Topic Practical session
1 Preparation of competent bacteria 1 , PCR amplification of a 2
gene for heterologous expression
2 Preparation of competent bacteria 2 , DNA fragment isolation 4
by electrophoresis and cloning
3 Preparation of competent bacteria 3 , Transformation 2
4 DNA gel electrophoresis , spectroscopic DNA analysis 2
5 Real-time PCR (expression analysis of cell surface receptors) 4
6 Separation and culture of lymphocytes from whole blood 2
7 Harvesting of metaphase chromosomes 4
8 Slide preparation, aging 2
9 G-banding, staining 2
10 Karyotyping and evaluation of chromosomal mutations 4
11 Culture of blood lymphocytes 2
12 Treatment of isolated lymphocytes with genotoxic drugs 2
13 Comet assay: slide preparation, electrophoresis, image 4
analysis
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions

References
Recommended textbook
 Laboratory Manual

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 188
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Recommended further reading


 Pasternack, J. (2005) Introduction to Human Molecular Genetics, J. Wiley & Sons
 Knippers, R. (2006) Molekulare Genetik, Thieme, Stuttgart

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Course work 50 %
Course report 50 %

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, white board and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Khaled Mohamed Abou Aisha (Microbiology & Immunology)
Prof. Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy (Pharmaceutical Biology)

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Khaled Mohamed Abou Aisha
E- Mail khaled.abou-aisha@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2213
Room number B5.107

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 189
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Microbiology II BIOT 711

A-Basic Information
Semester number Seventh Semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Fourth Year
Department offering the course Microbiology, Immunology and Biotechnology
Specialization Immunology and Virology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week , 1 Practical sessionl/ week
Student Workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

The first part of the course consists of integrated lectures designed to familiarize students with
cellular, molecular and biochemical aspects of the immune system and the immune response. It
focuses on the immune system and the function of its major components and how the various
components are integrated during the response to infectious agents, how the system is naturally
perturbed in diseases of autoimmunity and immunodeficiency, and how the system can be controlled
therapeutically.
The second part of the course focuses on general and medical virology. In the general part,
special emphasis is given to the architecture and characteristics of viruses, the infectious cycle, the
replication of viral nucleic. The medical part, on the other hand, focuses on the relation between
viruses and diseases including virus pathogenesis, clinical pictures, diagnosis, preventive
measurements and therapy.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Describe and discuss the structure and function of the immune system.
2. Express the mechanism of response of the immune system to pathogens and cancer.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of the fields of general and medical virology.

Professional & Practical skills


4. Use proper medical terms related to immunity, immune diseases, viruses and viral diseases.
5. Maintain public awareness on viruses and virus-related diseases.
6. Employ and adopt safety guidelines in dealing with biohazards.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 190
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills
7. Demonstrate the ability to evaluate and interpret clinical data.
8. Demonstrate the ability to identify and describe the impact of viral infections and dysfunction
of immune system on human health.

General skills
9. Communicate scientific information in a clear and concise manner both orally and in writing.
10. Employ critical thinking to solve problems in area of immunology and virology.
11. Practice independent learning required to build up knowledge base.

Topics covered in the theoretical part

Topic Lecture
1 Overview of the immune system I: Innate Immunity part I 2
2 Overview of the immune system I: Innate Immunity part II 2
3 Overview of the immune system II: Adaptive Immunity 2
4 Complement 2
5 Cellular components of innate system (phagocyte and NK cells) 2
6 Immunoglobulins 2
7 Cellular components of the adaptive immunity 2
8 Concept of vaccination 2
9 General Virology I 2
10 General Virology II 2
11 Pnumotropic and dermotropic viruses 2
12 Viscerotropic and neurotropic viruses 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes
Learning and teaching methods
Lectures, assignments and report project.

References
Recommended textbook
 Cellular and Molecular Immunology, Abu K Abbas and Andrew Lichtman. 6th ed., 2006
 Basic Immunology. Abu K Abbas and Andrew Lichtman. 3th ed., 2010
 Alcamo‘s Fundamentals of Microbiology. J. Pommerville, 9th edition, 2010
Recommended for reading
 The specified chapters per topics are clearly mentioned with page numbers in the
Immunology handbook
Relevant websites
 Microbe in motion
 www.cd.gov
 www.who.org
 www.studentconsult.com

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 191
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Project 10%
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

Practical Part of the course


Aims
The course provides an introduction to experimental design and basic techniques commonly used
in immunology research laboratories. The course is intended for undergraduate biotechnology
students.

By the end of the course the students will develop basic knowledge and laboratory skills of the
following topics: Antigen-antibody reactions, serology and serological testing , agglutination
reactions, precipitation reactions, ELISA assays, and isolation and purification of human PMNs

Course learning outcomes of the practical part:

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding

1. Recognize the importance of serological reactions.


2. Describe the concept of precipitation reaction in detection of infection
3. Explain the mechanism of detection of antibodies by using ELISA

Professional & Practical skills


4. Handle and dispose blood, serum and other biological specimens safely
5. Apply the laboratory techniques in detection of antigen-antibody interaction.
6. Conduct research studies in immunology and other related fields.
7. Apply the laboratory technique in detection and diagnosis of immunological disorders.
8. Apply the laboratory techniques in isolation and purification of human immune cells.
9. Use ELISA to detect specific type s of antibodies

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 192
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills
10. Interpret and analyze results related to immunological reaction
11. Apply the concept of serological reaction in diagnosis of infections.
12. Employ the laboratory techniques in designing research experiments in immunology.

General skills

13. Adopt safety guidelines in handling human specimens


14. Implement writing & presentation skills.
15. Work effectively in team

Topics covered in the practical part of the course (practical course content):
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 .Blood groups and Rh factor 2
2 Serology I: Agglutination 2
3 Serology II: Precipitation Ouchterlony test 2
4 Serology III: Precipitation Mancini test 2
5 Serology IV: Precipitation: Application 2
6 Results and discussion of the serology part 2
7 ELISA Part I 2
8 ELISA Part II 2
9 Isolation and purification oh human neutrophils I 2
10 Isolation and purification oh human neutrophils I 2
11 .Result and discussion of neutrophil isolation 2
12 Exam 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes
Learning and teaching methods
Laboratory sessions

References
Materials
 Laboratory manual

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Performance 10 %
Report 40 %
Exam/Partcipation 50%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 193
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning

 Laboratory equipped with incubator, refrigerator, centrifuge, water bath, beamer, computer,
smart board and white board.
 Laboratory presentations.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the GUC intranet.

Head of the department


Assoc. Prof. Dr. Khaled Mohamed Abou-Aisha

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Mohamed El-Azizi
E- Mail mohamed.el-azizi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2212
Room number B5-119

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 194
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Radionuclides BIOT 751


A-Basic Information
Semester number 7th Semester
Semester type Winter Semester
Study year 4th Year
Department offering the Biochemistry
course
Specialization Radiochemistry/Biochemistry/Biophysics
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 session of 2h Lecture/ 2 weeks
Student workload 60 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 2 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Radionuclides BIOT 751
Course aims for the theoretical part of the course:
The course introduces the application of radionuclides in biochemical and
biotechnological work. Generation of nuclear radiation, types of nuclear radiation, and
radioactive nuclides are introduced. Then methods for the detection of nuclear radiation are
discussed. The course also covers the interaction of nuclear radiation with biological
materials, tissues, and its effect on living organisms, in particular humans. Protection against
radiation, monitoring of radiation, and legal aspects of work with radioactive materials is
discussed. Finally, the application of radionuclides in medicine (briefly) and
biochemical/biotechnical research is described.

Learning outcomes of the theoretical part of the course:

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


4. Define the types of nuclear radiation and how they are produced.
5. Define methods to detect radiation.
6. Describe techniques of protection against nuclear radiation.
7. Explain the interaction of radiation with biological materials and living organisms,
especially humans.
8. Describe the use of radionuclides in medical and biotechnological settings.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 195
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Professional & Practical skills


9. Assess types of radiation for their use in biological applications.
10. Device techniques to use radionuclides safely and effectively
11. Decide how radionuclides can be incorporated into biological work safely
Intellectual skills
12. Select experimental approaches that use radionuclides for a given problem and
interpret the results correctly.
13. Recommend experimental designs and appropriate safety measures for the safe use of
radionuclides.
14. Assess hazards of radionuclides and ensure safe use of radioactive materials.
General skills
12. Communicate hazards of radioactive materials and advice on their safe use in general
biotechnological settings.

Topics covered in the theoretical part of the course (theoretical course content):
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Nuclear Radiation, Physical principles, radioactive decay 2
2 Interaction of radiation with biological matter 2
3 Biomedical aspects of radiation 2
4 Radiation detection and protection 2
5 Radiation safety, regulatory aspects 2
6 Biochemical application of radionuclides 2

Learning and teaching methods

Lectures, assignments.

References
Recommended textbook
 Course Handouts, compiled from textbooks and internet resources

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Midterm Exam 35 %
Final Exam 45 %
Graded home assignment 20 %

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 196
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Educational Utensils
Facilities required for teaching & learning:
Lecture room equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white
board and markers.
Forms of media:
Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Mohamed Z. Gad

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Hans-Georg Breitinger
E- Mail hans.breitinger@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-2759-0699
Ext 199
Room number B5.126

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 197
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Eighth Semester Courses

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 198
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Industrial Biotechnology BIOT 861

A-Basic Information
Semester number Eighth Semester
Semester type Spring Semester
Study year Fourth Year
Department offering the course Microbiology, Immunology and Biotechnology
Specialization Industrial Biotechnology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week One lecture/week, One tutorial /week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Course aims:

The students will be introduced to the major concepts of industrial biotechnology. They will obtain
fundamental knowledge for the design of bio-processes and will come to know the main areas, where
biotechnology is applied on an industrial scale. The full scope of biotechnology is discussed with
emphasis on applications to industrial processes such as the biofuel production from starch and
cellulosic materials, bioplastic production from biomass, and biocatalyst immobilization. The course
also covers the industrial production of DNA vaccines, the production of monoclonal antibodies by
using hybridoma technology, and concept of sterilization in industrial biotechnology.

learning outcomes of the theoretical part of the course:

By the end of the end of the course, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize the importance of biomass in industry.
1. Describe the method of production of biopolymers by microorganisms.
2. Describe methods of biocatalyst immobilization
3. Explain the steps of production of monoclonal antibodies
4. Recognize microorganisms commonly used in the industry.
5. Explain the impact of contamination on the industry.

Professional & Practical skills

6. Apply learnt techniques in industrial scale for production of valuable products.


7. Use the proper microorganisms, raw material and sterilization processes in industrial process
in small and large scale.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 199
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills

8. Select the appropriate method for production of bioethanol from starch based on the final
products.
9. Design a process for production of bioethanol from rice straw in Egypt.
10. Diagram the different methods of biocatalyst immobilization.
11. Calculate the amount of carbon and nitrogen sources used in small and large scale of
industrial process.
12. Optimize the conditions for the production of selected biotechnological products.
13. Select best strains fo microorganism for maximum production of industrial product.
14. Select the best raw materials for production of industrial product.
15. Apply and adopt sterility and sterilization process to minimize the spoiling of the final
products.

General skills

16. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means in preparing and presenting the report
17. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources during preparation of the report to
improve professional competencies.
18. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development.
19. Demonstrate time management abilities by sticking to deadlines of submission of the reports.
20. Diagram the different industrial processes for production of valuable biotechnological
products.

Topics covered in the theoretical part of the course (theoretical course content):
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorial
1 Biomass I: Production of bioethanol from starch 2 2
2 Biomass II: Production of bioethanol from cellulosic materials 2 2
3 Biopolymers I 2 2
4 Biopolymers II 2 2
5 Biocatalyst I 2 2
6 Biocatalyst II 2 2
7 Production of monoclonal antibodies by hybridoma technology 2 2
8 Recombinant DNA vaccines 2 2
9 Microorganisms and media in industrial biotechnology 2 2
10 Sterility in industrial biotechnology 2 2
11 Production of industrial biotechnological products I 2 2
12 Production of industrial biotechnological products II 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 200
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods

Lectures, report, presentation and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
Manual of Industrial Microbiology and Biotehnology. Second Edition. Atlas et al., 1999.

Recommended further reading


Modern industrial microbiology and biotechnology. Naduka Okafor. 2007

Relevant websites
http://www.acib.at

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting (%)
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20
Reports 10
Midterm 30
Final 40

Educational Utensils
Facilities required for teaching & learning:
Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
Forms of media:
Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
. Dr. Khaled Abu Aisha

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator: Dr. Mohamed El-Azizi
E- Mail Mohamed.el-azizi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext .2212
Room number B5-119

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 201
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Biotechnology II (Fermentation Technology) BIOT 091

A-Basic Information
Semester number 8th semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year 5th year
Department offering the course Microbiology and Immunology
Specialization Fermentation Technology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week, 1 practical session/week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Biotechnology II (Fermentation Technology), PHBT 091
Aims

1. To teach biologists the language of engineers, that is, those aspects of engineering science which are
relevant to bioprocessing.
2. To train biotechnologists working at the interface of biology and engineering to translate new
―biological‖ discoveries into industrial-scale production.

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Discuss the structure and function of the bacterial cell.
2. Repeat the mechanism of response of the immune system to pathogens and cancer.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of the fields of general and medical virology.
4. Identify and describe the impact of viral infections and dysfunction of immune system on
human health.

Professional & Practical skills


5. Apply knowledge to serve in health care and community pharmacy settings.
6. Advice patients in regards to diseases related to immune system in community pharmacy
settings.
7. Advise patients in regard to immunization types and scheduling.
8. Maintain public awareness on viruses and virus-related diseases.
9. Employ and adopt safety guidelines in dealing with biohazards.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 202
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills
10. Evaluate and interpret clinical data.

General skills
11. Communicate using the appropriate scientific information in a clear and concise manner both
orally and in writing.
12. Employ critical thinking to solve problems in area of immunology and virology.
13. Practice independent learning required to build up knowledge base.
14. Demonstrate critical thinking, and problem-solving abilities.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Introduction to Fermentation Technology 2
2 Material balances 2
3 Energy and heat balances 2
4 Microbial growth kinetics I _ Batch conditions 2
5 Microbial growth kinetics II _ Continuous culture 2
6 Mixing and agitation 2
7 Oxygen mass transfer 2
8 Sterilization and death kinetics 2
9 Improvement of the industrial strain 2
10 Bioreactor engineering (I and II) 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures and assignments

References

Recommended textbook
 Bioprocess Engineering Principles, 2nd ed., 2003

Materials
 Power point presentation and lecture handouts (pdf files), available as hard copies in the GUC
copy center and soft copies on the GUC intranet.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 203
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Participation 5%
Project 5%
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 30%
Final exam 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, and white board.
 Availability of lecture presentations on the intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions.

Practical Part of Biotechnology II (Fermentation Technology), BIOT 091


Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Define the principles of basic and environmental sciences.
2. Comprehend different analytical and fermentation techniques using GLP guidelines & validation
procedures.
3. Recognize various instruments utilized in various analytical and fermentation techniques.
4. Report and document properly.
5. Identify different parts of a fermentor and operation procedures.

Professional & Practical skills


6. Use the proper terms and symbols in biotechnology practice.
7. Monitor and control microbial growth using various assays.
8. Apply techniques used in operating bioreactors, besides other instruments.
9. Conduct research studies and analyze the results.
10. Employ proper documentation to facilitate the interpretation of results.
11. Comprehend and apply GLP in using the spectrophotometer and bio- reactor.
12. Apply qualitative and quantitative analytical methods.

Intellectual skills
13. Analyzing and interpreting observed data and comparing it published literature, besides
differentiating between various fermentation methods.
14. Analyze and evaluate evidence- based information needed in pharmacy practice.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 204
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

General skills
15. Communicate clearly by written means in writing the lab report.
16. Work effectively in team. (Students work in groups, each of five students).
17. Use numeracy, calculation in plotting the data for establishment of different curves and also in
obtaining the values of different constants.
18. Demonstrate creativity & time management abilities in submitting and finalizing the required
procedures on time.
19. Implement writing skills through submitting a lab report including results.
20. Adopt the safety guidelines that are associated with the fermentor operation and in process.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Determination of growth parameters of a culture of Escherichia coli 2
K12 in shakes flasks.
2 Effect of glucose concentrations on the specific growth (microbial 2
growth rate µ of a batch culture of E.coli K12.
3 Microbial fermentation using the Bio flow301 (Bio reactor) parts 2
4 Operation and control system of the Bio flow301 (Bio reactor). 2
5 Kinetics Study Batch Fermentation of Baker‘s Yeast 2
6 Kinetics Study fed-Batch and continuous Fermentation of Baker‘s 2
Yeast

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory sessions.

References
Materials
 Laboratory manual.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Final exam 60%
Lab performance and evaluation 20%
Lab report 20%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 205
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Laboratory equipped with Microscopes, beamer, computer, smart board and white board.
 Laboratory presentations.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the intranet.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Khaled Mohamed Abou Aisha

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Khaled Mohamed Abou Aisha
E- Mail khaled.abou-aisha@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2213
Room number B5.107

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 206
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Electronics ELCT 801

A-Basic Information
Semester number 8th semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year 4th Year
Department offering the course IET electronics
Specialization Electrical circuits
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week , 1 practical session/ week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

This course aims to apply an electronic engineering concept to the bio-technology students. The
student will be able to work with advanced electronic and computational instruments to analyze
measurements and results for his bio-technology applications.

The course focuses on electrical basics, applications of simple circuits and electrical problem
solving skills.

This course will also encourage the creative and critical thinking of the students, as well as
emphasizing on the engineering electrical and electronic applications.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 207
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Theoretical Part of Electronics, ELCT 801

learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


12. Identify the main components of electric circuits.
13. Write the equations that govern the operation of electric circuits.
14. Determine the main characteristics of electronic analog.

Intellectual skills
15. Apply frequency domain analysis technique to solve Alternating Current (A.C.) circuits.
16. Analyze the performance of practical electrical systems.

Professional & Practical skills


17. Examine the circuit response under different frequencies.
18. Analyze & Work confidentially on different electrical circuits.

General skills
19. Communicate clearly by verbal means through discussions in lectures and tutorials.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Circuit Elements 2
2 Basic Laws 2
3 Series and Parallel Resistors 2
Voltage and Current Division Rules
4 Kirchhoff current and voltage 2
5 Noodle analysis
6 Mesh-Current Method (Loop Analysis) 2
7 Superposition 2
8 Introduction to AC Circuits 2
9 Sinusoidal Steady State Analysis 2
Alternating Current Circuits (A.C.)
10 Sinusoidal Steady State Analysis (continued) 2
Alternating Current Circuits (A.C.)
11 AC power analysis part 1 2
12 AC power analysis part 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures and assignments.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 208
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Recommended textbook
 Alexander & Sadiku. (2007). ‗Fundamentals of Electric Circuits‘,3rd edn, New York: Mc
Graw–hill, ISBN: 13 978-0-07-110582-8, ISBN: 10 0-07-110582-4.

Materials
 PDFs of the Power Point presentations

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes (3 quizzes)
10%
Assignments
20%
Midterm Exam
25%
Final Exam 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning:


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, white board and markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in PDF format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 209
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Practical Part of Electronics, ELCT 801


Learning outcomes

By the end of the practical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Explain the different electrical properties as Current, Voltage, Resistance and Power.
2. Recognize the different measuring instruments and memorize the different measuring units.

Professional & Practical skills


3. Read the color code of a resistor, including the tolerance.
4. Handle and use the Com3Lab Master Unit.
5. Design and implement a simple circuit (e.g. car security alarm)

Intellectual skills
6. Integrate electrical solutions to basic circuits.

General skills
7. Discuss the project results and optimize the results according to new ideas given.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Practical sessions
1 Introduction 2
2 Measuring Instruments 2
3 Resistor Color Code 2
Resistor Color Code 2
4 Breadboard and Wiring 2
5 Com3 Lab Master Unit 2
6 OHM‘S Law applications 2
7 Electrical circuits implementation (Series and parallel circuits) 2
8 Electrical circuits implementation (Series and parallel circuits) 2
9 KCL and KVL circuits implementations 2
10 KCL and KVL circuits implementations 2
11 Electrical circuit Project implementation 2
12 Electrical circuit Project implementation 2

Learning and teaching methods


Laboratory manual and Laboratory sessions

References

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 210
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Materials
 Laboratory manual

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Project 20%
Lab Report 30%
Midterm 30%
Final Exam 20%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Laboratory equipped with Microscopes, beamer, computer and white board.
 Electrical components
 3-comm kits.
 Measuring devices
 Power source
 Laboratory presentations.
 Laboratory manuals and templates of lab report available on the GUC intranet.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Frank Gunzer

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Hisham El-Sherif
E- Mail Hisham El-Sherif@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-2759 5543
Ext 1143
Room number C3-215

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 211
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Bachelor Thesis BIOT 899


A-Basic Information
Semester number Eighth Semester
Semester type Spring Semester
Study year Fourth Year
Department offering the course -
Specialization Biotechnology-related field
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week -
Student workload 450 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 15 CP

B- Professional Information

Aims

The Bachelor thesis aims to provide introduction to main techniques in modern Biotechnology and
have the candidate apply them to a current research problem

learning outcomes of the theoretical part of the course:

By the end of the internship, the student will be able to:

Professional & Practical skills


1. Practice what have been learnt in the real professional world
2. Decide which career path he/she can take following graduation.
3. Link the theory to practice in the biotechnology field
4. Combine the skills and theoretical backgrounds to the experience gained from the internship
in a selected field of biotechnology
5. Develop team work skills
6. Be independent in a achieving assigned work during the internship.

Learning and teaching methods


Practical training in professional or research related biotechnology fields

Assessment
Student assessment methods
Evaluation form filled and signed by Trainers
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 212
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head
Prof. Dr. Ashraf Abadi

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Ashraf Abadi
E- Mail ashraf.abadi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2216
Room number B5-106

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 213
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Internship BIOT 899


A-Basic Information
Semester number Eighth Semester
Semester type Spring Semester
Study year Fourth Year
Department offering the -
course
Specialization Biotechnology-related field
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week -
Student workload 300 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 10 CP

B- Professional Information

Internship aims:
Internship is aimed to provide the students with the opportunity to enhance their academic
programs with field experience, related to their career interest, in a variety of settings. The value of
work-related experience gives our graduates the chance to be succesfuly placed in the world of work
and in national and international postgraduates programs.

It aims also to equip the biotechnology graduates with the necessary theoretical and applied
knowledge which permits students to function effectively in the field.

Internships and encounters with practicing professionals provide opportunities to integrate theory
with practical learning. In each instance, students confront the challenges and issues which they will
eventually encounter in their future careers.

It provides an opportunity and atmosphere in which students may test theory learned in the
classroom in an actual working situation and discover the value of work and the rewards of
accomplishment.

It enhances educational aspects of the career development process.

It provides a system of accountability and encourages professionalism.

It provides an opportunity for students to develop positive work habits.

It provides an opportunity to test aptitude for or interest in a selected field.

It insure a natural transition to the highest level of professional preparation as a complement to the
program educational goal
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 214
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

learning outcomes of the theoretical part of the course:

By the end of the internship, the student will be able to:

Professional & Practical skills


1. Practice what have been learnt in the real professional world
2. Decide which career path he/she can take following graduation.
3. Link the theory to practice in the biotechnology field
4. Combine the skills and theoretical backgrounds to the experience gained from the internship in a
selected field of biotechnology
5. Develop team work skills
6. Be independent in a achieving assigned work during the internship.

Learning and teaching methods


Practical training in professional or research related biotechnology fields

C- Administrative Information
Head
Prof. Dr. Ashraf Abadi

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Ashraf Abadi
E- Mail ashraf.abadi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2216
Room number B5-106

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 215
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Electives offered by
Pharmacology & Toxicology
department

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 216
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmacology I PHTX 841

A-Basic Information

Semester number Eighth semester


Semester type Spring semester
Study year Fourth year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Pharmacology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week ,1 Tutorial /week
Student workload 140 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

The aim of Pharmacology I course is to provide students with a solid basis in the essential
concepts and scientific background of Pharmacology. This covers foundations of pharmacodynamics
and receptor pharmacology. Moreover, to offer students with a comprehensive introduction to the
fundamental Pharmacology and uses of the major classes of drugs currently used in medical practice.
This course will also prepare the student for understanding the concepts and applications required for
the clinical Pharmacy course.
The classes covered in Pharmacology I are autonomic and cardiovascular drugs. This includes drugs
acting at cholinergic and adrenergic receptors, diuretics, drugs used to treat hypertension, anti-anginal
drugs and drugs used to treat congestive heart failure.

More specifically, it includes indications, drug actions, and mechanism of action, adverse effects,
contraindications, and drug interactions of autonomic and cardiovascular drugs. At the end of this
course the students should have a full picture about the different drugs used in both autonomic and
CVS diseases which can help them advice patients and health care professionals in pharmacies or
hospitals about the usage of these drugs. Moreover, understanding the mechanisms of actions of the
above mentioned drugs can help the students in developmental and research studies of drugs in
research institutes and pharmaceutical companies.

Pharmacology I PHTX 841


learning outcomes

By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Acquire the basic principles of pharmacology, drugs, receptors and drug-receptor
interactions.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 217
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

2. Explain the etiology, laboratory diagnosis & clinical features of different diseases and
conditions.
3. Explain the pharmacological properties of several drugs including mechanisms of actions,
therapeutic uses, dosage, contra- indications, ADRs & drug interactions.
4. Discuss the rational use of several drugs.

Professional & Practical skills


5. Use the proper medical terms, abbreviations & symbols in pharmacology practice.
6. Select medicines based on understanding of etiology & pathophysiology of different diseases.
7. Advise patients & other health care professionals about safe & proper use of drugs used in the
treatment of different diseases.

Intellectual skills
8. Utilize the pharmacological basis of various drugs in the proper selection & use of drugs in
various disease conditions.
9. Assess drug interactions and ADRs of drugs used in treatment of various disease conditions.
10. Interpret and illustrate dose-response curves and to be able to differentiate between agonist,
partial agonists and different types of antagonists.

General skills
11. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources to answer the challenging questions
given during the lecture for discussion with the tutor.
12. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities in answering the
questions and cases in the tutorials.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 218
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to Pharmacology 2 2
2 Introduction to Pharmacology (contd.) + Introduction to Autonomic 2 2
nervous system
3 Introduction to Autonomic nervous system (contd) 2 2
4 Parasympathomimetics 2 2
5 Parasympatholytics + skeletal muscle relaxants 2 2
6 sympathomimetics 2 2
7 Sympatholytics 2 2
8 Hypertension 2 2
9 Diuretics 2 2
10 Anti-anginal drugs 2 2
11 Congestive heart failure 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Henderson G., Rang H.P., Dale M.M., Ritter J.M., Flower R.J., Rang and Dale‘s Pharmacology
7th Edition (2011), Churchill Livingstone, ISBN 978-0702034718
 Katzung B., Masters S., Trevor A., Basic and Clinical Pharmacology 12th Edition (2011),
McGraw-Hill Medical, ISBN 978-0071764018

Recommended further reading


 Brunton L., Chapner B.A., Knollman B., Goodman and Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis
of Therapeutics 12th Edition (2011), McGraw-Hill Professional, ISBN 978-0071624428

Materials
 Power point presentation, lecture handout in PDF as hard copy, and soft copy in GUC
intranet.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 30%
Final exam 50%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 219
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.

 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Reham Abdel-Kader
E- Mail reham.abdelkader@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2211
Room number B5-114

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 220
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmacology II PHTX 942


A-Basic Information
Semester number Ninth semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Tenth year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Pharmacology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week ,1 Tutorial /week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
This course is a continuation of Pharmacology I course and it covers another two major
classes of drugs. This includes pharmacology of drugs used in blood diseases and pharmacology of
centrally acting drugs. The former covers drugs used in disorders of coagulation and in dyslipidemia.
While the latter includes drugs used to treat neurological disorders, such as epilepsy and Parkinsons
disease. It also includes drugs used for psychiatric disorders such as depression, psychosis, mania,
anxiety as well as hypnotic drugs. This course will also cover the pharmacology of local anesthetics,
and some common drugs of abuse and CNS stimulants.
Indications, drug actions, mechanism of action, adverse effects, contraindications, and drug
interactions of the above mentioned groups of drugs are studied in this course.
Here again, at the end of this course the students should have a full picture about the above mentioned
drugs, which can help them advice patients and health care professionals in pharmacies or hospitals
about the usage of these drugs. . Moreover, understanding the mechanisms of actions of the above
mentioned drugs can help the students in developmental and research studies of drugs in research
institutes and pharmaceutical companies.

Learning outcomes:
By the end of the course the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Recognize the principles of body function in health & disease states in terms of pain
perception, homeostasis & blood coagulation problems.
2. Explain etiology, laboratory diagnosis & clinical features of different diseases and conditions.
3. Explain pharmacological properties of all drugs including mechanisms of actions, therapeutic
uses, dosage, contra- indications, ADRs & drug interactions.
4. Describe principles of the rational use of drugs used in all disease disorders.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 221
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Professional & Practical skills


5. Use the proper medical terms, abbreviations & symbols dealing with body systems, drugs and
disease disorders.
6. Select drugs for dyslipidemia based on understanding of etiology & pathophysiology of
diseases.
7. Advise patients & other health care professionals about safe & proper use of various drugs.

Intellectual skills
8. Utilize the pharmacological basis of therapeutics in the proper selection & use of drugs used
in various disease conditions.
9. Assess drug interactions, ADRs & pharmacovigilance of drugs used in all of disease
conditions covered by the course.

General skills
10. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources to answer the challenging questions
given during the lecture for discussion with the tutor.
11. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities in answering the
challenging questions and cases in the tutorial.

Topics covered in the theoretical part of the course (theoretical course content):
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Dyslipidemia 2 2
2 Anticoagulant 2 2
3 Anti-platelets 2 2
4 Fibrinolytics 2 2
5 Local Anesthetics 2 2
6 Parkinson‘s disease 2 2
7 Anti-psychotics 2 2
8 Anti-depressants 2 2
9 Anti- Epileptics 2 2
10 Anxiolytics and hypnotics 2 2
11 CNS stimulants 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments and tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Pharmacology Rang & Dale.
 Basic &clinical pharmacology Katzung .
Recommended further reading
 Goodman &Gillman‘s
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 222
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Materials
 Power point presentation, lecture handout in PDF as hard copy, and soft copy in GUC
intranet.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 30%
Final exam 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Reham Abdel-Kader
E- Mail reham.abdelkader@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2211
Room number B5-114

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 223
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmacotherapeutics PHTX 071

A-Basic Information
Semester number Tenth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Pharmacotherapeutics
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
Utilizing this newly and pre-existing knowledge gained in Pharmacology I & II.
Pharmacotherapeutics aims to provide the student with an integrated and intricate knowledge relating
to the physiology, anatomy, pathophysiology, epidemiology, goals of therapy, pharmacological
treatment, supportive and complementary therapies of disease states covered within the course. The
course supplies the student with a knowledge and skill base that promotes the safe, effective and
quality use of medicines, thereby providing better health outcomes for patients.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Recognize definitions, classifications, etiology, symptoms, pathogenesis, laboratory
diagnosis, risk factors, & clinical features of different diseases & their
pharmacotherapeutic approaches.
2. Specify pharmacological properties of drugs used in the management of several
diseases including mechanisms of actions, therapeutic uses, dosage, contra-
indications, adverse drug reactions & drug interactions.
3. Specify non-pharmacological management of several diseases.

Professional & Practical skills


4. Select the drugs of choice based on understanding the etiology and pathophysiology
of different diseases and prevent possible complications, side effects and adverse drug
interactions.

Intellectual skills
5. Apply and utilize the knowledge of physiology, pharmacology, pharmacovigilance
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 224
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

and toxicology in the proper selection and use of drug in various disease conditions,
and in predicting the side effects of drug classes and toxic agents.
6. Prevent possible adverse effects based on the understanding of pathophysiology of
clinical disorders, drug interactions, ADRs & pharmacovigilance.

General skills
7. Communicate clearly by verbal means through discussing application cases on the
lectures‘ topics in the tutorials.
8. Work effectively in groups of 3 students in the tutorials to solve the required clinical
cases.
9. Search the internet sources for the required points on the lecture topics.
10. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities through
clinical cases presented during the tutorial session.

Topics covered in the course (course content):


No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Osteoporosis 2 2
2 Menopause 2 2
3 Dysmenorrhea 2 2
4 Urinary tract infections 2 2
5 Respiratory tract infections 2 2
6 Gout & Hyperuricemia 2 2
7 Drug interactions 2 2
8 Diabetes mellitus type 1 2 2
9 Diabetes mellitus type 2 2 2
10 Adrenocortical hormones 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes.

Learning and teaching methods


Lecturing, discussions, assignments, & in-class clinical case practice (Tutorials).

References
Recommended textbook
 Kimble et al. ―Applied Therapeutics: The Clinical Uses of Drugs‖ (2009). 9th edn, USA;
Lippincott Williams Wilkins. ISBN 978-0-7817-6555-8.
Materials
 Lecture PowerPoint presentation

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
3 Quizzes (best of 2 out of 3). 20%
Mid-term 30%
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 225
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Nesrine Salah-eldine El Sayed
E- Mail nesrine.elsayed@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2219
Room number B5-112

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 226
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Toxicology I PHTX 831

A-Basic Information
Semester number Eighth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Fourth year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Toxicology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week ,1 Tutorial /week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
This course introduces students to the basic principles of toxicology and its
application to risk assessment. This course covers the history and scope of the field; (dose –
response relationship, descriptive animal toxicity tests, absorption, distribution, metabolism
and elimination of toxicants, types and mechanisms of toxic action and target organs
toxicity).

Learning outcomes

By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define Principles of basic toxicology, different organ functions in health & disease states as
well as basis of different biochemical pathways regarding the correlation with various organ
injuries.
2. Recognize principles of pharmacokinetics & biopharmaceutics with applications in
toxicological drug monitoring, and dose modification.
3. Specify the principles of body function in disease states as well as basis of genomic pathways
underlying the mechanism of toxicity.
4. Explain the etiology, laboratory diagnosis & clinical features of various organ injuries.
5. Describe toxicological properties of drugs including mechanisms of actions, dosage & drug
interactions.
6. Illustrate the toxic profile of drugs & other xenobiotics that affect different body organs
including identification, symptoms, management control.
7. Recognize methods of biostatistical analysis & calculations of different toxic drug doses.

Professional & Practical skills


8. Use the proper toxicological language and differentiate between the sub-disciplines of
toxicology.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 227
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

9. Assess & select medicines based on the mechanism of toxicity.


10. Assess toxicity profiles of different xenobiotics based on the kinetics process in order to
determine the correct dose and the best method of administration.
11. Diagram the results of dose–response curve and deduce the important toxic values from it for
assessing toxicity profile of xenobiotics.

Intellectual skills
12. Apply qualitative & quantitative toxicological methods for assaying and diagnosing various
organ injuries.
13. Apply various principles to determine the toxicity mechanism of biopharmaceutical products.
14. Utilize the toxicological basis of therapeutics for the proper selection & use of drugs in
various toxicological problems.
15. Calculate & adjust different toxicological doses & dose regimen of low therapeutic index
medications.
16. Interpret toxicity rating chart and distinguish between the different types of liver injury with
respect to the histological examination.
17. Interpret & review evidence- based information needed in toxicity assessment.

General skills
18. Judge & evaluate information from different sources in assessing health and environmental
risks caused by chemicals to improve professional competencies.
19. Use numeracy, & calculation methods to obtain important toxicological doses from dose-
response curve.
20. Adopt safety guidelines in terms of specifying toxicants found on daily basis, their routes of
exposure and avoid prolonged or unnecessary exposure.
21. Suggest a management protocol to minimize toxicity after acute and chronic overdose
exposure to xenobiotics.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 228
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to toxicology (I) 2 2
2 Introduction to toxicology (II) 2 2
3 Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism and Excretion of toxicants 2 2
4 Biotransformation & biotransformation modifiers (I) 2 2
5 Biotransformation & biotransformation modifiers (II) 2 2
6 Mechanisms of toxicity (I): Molecular, Cellular and Tissue 2 2
Toxicity
7 Mechanisms of toxicity (I): Molecular, Cellular and Tissue 2 2
Toxicity
8 Target organ toxicity ( Hepatotoxicity ) 2 2
9 Target organ toxicity (Renal toxicity ) 2 2
10 Target organ toxicity ( Dermal toxicity ) 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lecturing, discussions, assignments, & tutorials.

References
Recommended textbook
 Casarett and Doull's ―Essential of toxicology‖, New York; McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc.

Recommended further reading


 ―A Textbook of Modern Toxicology‖ (2004). 3rd edn, Hodgson and Levi; Elsevier
Science Publishing, Co., New York.

Materials
 Lectures notes (Power point as PDF files)

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 35%
Final exam 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 229
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions.

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal
E- Mail ola.heikal@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2219
Room number B5-112

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 230
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Toxicology II PHTX 943

A-Basic Information
Semester number Ninth semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Toxicology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week ,1 Tutorial /week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
This course is continuation to the systemic toxicology (organ toxicity) and it also covers the
non-organ toxicity as carcinogenesis; (mutagencity, classes of toxic substances, as well as
introduction to sub fields of toxicology as forensic and clinical with diagnosis and treatment of
toxicity).

learning outcomes

By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define the principles of basic toxicology including assessment and management of health &
environmental risk caused by chemicals.
2. Define Principles of public health issues including sources encountered in daily life.
3. Principles of body function in health & disease states as well as basis of genomic pathways
regarding their correlation with different diseases.
4. Describe etiology, laboratory diagnosis & clinical features of different body systems‘ toxicity
& their management and treatment approaches.
5. List toxic profile of drugs & other xenobiotics, recognize symptoms, define management
control & specify first aid measures.
6. Describe the chain of custody forms which illustrate the principles of investigation of
toxicity-related deaths and injuries and the collection of information.
7. Recall the regulatory affairs related to maximum exposure limits of chemicals, risk
management, exposure standards and guidelines.

Professional & Practical skills


8. Recall the proper medical scientific language in toxicology practice.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 231
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

9. Select the accurate assays for identification and evaluation of various xenobiotics.
10. Discuss analytical scheme for detection of drugs of abuse in biological specimens.
11. Advise health care professionals about absolute risk management, risk avoidance, safety
standards of exposure limits for industrials & environmental contaminants & max residue
limits for environmental contaminants & pesticides or veterinary drugs‘ residues.
12. Recommend the proper diagnosis for some xenobiotics and choose the suitable antidote.

Intellectual skills
13. Choose the analytical scheme for toxicant detection, apply qualitative, quantitative, analytical
and bioassays, and interpret different laboratory findings.
14. Interpret different analytical and biological laboratory findings, and relate them to the
corresponding disease.
15. Select types of antidotes used for management of toxicity based on diagnosis and clinical
manifestations.

General skills
16. Communicate clearly by verbal means through tutorial discussions.
17. Adopt safety guidelines in terms of specifying toxicants found on daily basis, their routes of
exposure and avoid prolonged or unnecessary exposure.
18. Adopt ethical guidelines in terms of recalling addictive agents in order to tightly control their
dispensing in the future.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Toxic responses of blood (Hematotoxicity) 2 2
2 Toxic responses of the immune system (Immunotoxicology) 2 2
3 Toxic responses of the respiratory system 2 2
4 Reproductive and developmental toxicology 2 2
5 Reproductive and developmental toxicology 2 2
6 Genetic Toxicology and Chemical Carcinogenesis 2 2
7 Neurotoxicity( pesticides & metals ) 2 2
8 Drugs of Abuse 2 2
9 Forensic and clinical toxicology 2 2
10 Risk Assessment 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lecturing, discussions, assignments, & tutorials

References
Recommended textbook
 ―Essential of toxicology, Casarett and Doull's Toxicology‖, C. Klaassen, editor New
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 232
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

York; McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc

Recommended further reading


 Hodgson and Levi (2004). ―A Textbook of Modern Toxicology‖; 3rd edn, New York
; Elsevier Science Publishing, Co.
Relevant web sites
 (http:/ sis.nlm.nih.gov/sisl/) databases on toxicology information, hazardous&
chemicals.
Materials
 Power point presentation, lecture handout in PDF as hard copy, and soft copy in GUC
intranet.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 30%
Final exam 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show
and explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal
E- Mail ola.heikal@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2219

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 233
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Clinical Pharmacy I PHTX 961


A-Basic Information
Semester number Ninth semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Clinical Pharmacy
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial biweekly
Student workload 90 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 3 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
Clinical pharmacy courses introduce to students principles of drug therapy to manage
uncomplicated disease states, aspects of drug therapy including efficacy, dosage requirements,
adverse effects, compliance, drug interactions, and the follow-up monitoring. The course also
introduces principles of using "over the counter (OTC)"medications as therapeutic alternatives.
Clinical pharmacy is more oriented to the analysis of population needs with regards to medicines,
ways of administration, and patterns of use and drug effects on the patients. The focus of attention
moves from the drug to the single patient or population receiving drugs. This area of pharmacy
concerned with the science and practice of rational medication use.

The aim of the course is to develop an understanding of how to provide a comprehensive


clinical pharmacy service. Clinical pharmacy practice is underpinned by ability in the clinical
application of knowledge of pharmacology and therapeutics in selected patient groups. Students
should appreciate a patient-centred view of health care delivery and the role of the pharmacist in
patient management. This course allows graduates to share in the clinical and hospital pharmacy
services.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Recognize principles of basic, pharmaceutical, medical, soial, behavioral, management,
health & environmental sciences as well as pharmacy practice.

2. Recognize etiology, epidemiology, laboratory diagnosis & clinical features of different


diseases & their pharmacotherapeutic approaches.
3. Identify pharmacological properties of drugs including mechanisms of actions, therapeutic
uses, dosage, contra- indications, ADRs & drug interactions.
4. Relate the principles of clinical pharmacology, pharmacovigilance & the rational use of
drugs.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 234
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

5. List the non pharmacological treatment in certain disease stages perior some diseases‘
progression.

Professional & Practical skills


6. Select medicines based on the individualized disease history of each patient through the
understanding of etiology & pathophysiology of each disease history.
7. Advise health care professionals to take in consideration the step up and step down
approaches in certain disease disorders.

Intellectual skills
8. Select properly certain drug classes over the others which treat the same disease conditions
according to the pharmacological actions of different drug classes.
9. Judge drug interactions, ADRs & pharmacovigilance while choosing between different
pharmacological drug classes.

General skills
10. Communicate clearly by verbal means through discussing application cases on the lectures‘
topics in the tutorials.
11. Search the internet sources for the required points on the lecture topics.
12. Work effectively in groups of 3 students in the tutorials to solve the required clinical cases.
13. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities through clinical
cases presented during the tutorial session.

Topics covered in the course (course content):


No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Rheumatoid arthritis (RA)(part I) 2
2 Rheumatoid arthritis (RA)(part II) 2
3 Osteoarthritis 2
4 Peptic ulcer 2 2
5 Inflammatory bowel disease 2
6 irritable bowel syndrome 2
7 Bronchial asthma 2
8 Hypertension part I 2 2
9 Hypertension part II 2
10 Heart failure part I 2 2
11 Heart failure part II 2
12 Angina 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes
Learning and teaching methods
Lecturing, discussions, assignments, & in-class clinical case practice (Tutorials).

References
Recommended textbook
 Roger Walker and Cate Whittlesea ‗Clinical pharmacy and therapeutics‘ (2007). 4th edn;

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 235
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Elsevier.
Materials
 Lecture pdf slides.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
3 Quizzes (best of 2 out of 3). 20%
The first two quizzes will be before the midterm exam in
the third and fifth weeks and the last quizz will be after the
midterm.
Mid-term 30%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Nesrine Salah-eldine El Sayed
E- Mail nesrine.elsayed@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2219
Room number B5-112

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 236
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Clinical Pharmacy II PHTX 061

A-Basic Information
Semester number Tenth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Clinical Pharmacy
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial biweekly
Student workload 90 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 3 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
Clinical pharmacy courses introduce to students principles of drug therapy to manage
uncomplicated disease states, aspects of drug therapy including efficacy, dosage requirements,
adverse effects, compliance, drug interactions, and the follow-up monitoring. The course also
introduces principles of using "over the counter (OTC)"medications as therapeutic alternatives.
Clinical pharmacy is more oriented to the analysis of population needs with regards to medicines,
ways of administration, and patterns of use and drug effects on the patients.
The focus of attention moves from the drug to the single patient or population receiving
drugs. This area of pharmacy concerned with the science and practice of rational medication use.
The aim of the course is to develop an understanding of how to provide a comprehensive clinical
pharmacy service. Clinical pharmacy practice is underpinned by ability in the clinical application of
knowledge of pharmacology and therapeutics in selected patient groups. Students should appreciate a
patient-centered view of health care delivery and the role of the pharmacist in patient management.
This course allows graduates to share in the clinical and hospital pharmacy services.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize the principles of basic medical management and health sciences of several
diseases and conditions.
2. Recognize etiology, epidemiology, laboratory diagnosis, clinical features &
pharmacotherapeutic approaches of several diseases and conditions.
3. Specify pharmacological properties of several drugs including mechanisms of actions,
therapeutic uses, dosage, drug toxicity, medication errors, contra- indications, adverse drug
reactions & drug interactions.
4. Recognize principles of clinical pharmacology, pharmacovigilance & the rational use of
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 237
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

drugs to treat several diseases and conditions.


5. List the non pharmacological treatment in certain disease stages prior some diseases‘
progression.

Professional & Practical skills


6. Use the proper medical terms in the clinical pharmacy practice.
7. Select medicines based on the individualized disease history of each patient through the
understanding of etiology & pathophysiology of each disease history.
8. Advise health care professionals to take in consideration the step up and step down
approaches in certain disease disorders.

Intellectual skills
9. Utilize the pharmacological basis of therapeutics in the proper selection & use of drugs in
different diseases and conditions.
10. Judge drug interactions, adverse drug reactions and the pharmacovigilance while choosing
between different pharmacological drug classes.

General skills
11. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means by answering questions in the lecture and
tutorial.
12. Search the internet sources for the required points on the lecture topics.
13. Work effectively in team by participating in solving cases in the tutorial.
14. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities through dealing
with several disease cases solved in the tutorial.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Alzheimer‘s disease 2
2 Geriatrics 2 2
3 Pediatrics 2
4 Acute renal failure I 2 2
5 Acute renal failure II 2
6 Chronic kidney disease I 2 2
7 Chronic kidney disease II 2
8 Liver disorders I 2 2
9 Liver disorders II 2
10 Liver disorders III 2 2
11 Nausea and vomiting 2
12 Pain management 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 238
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lecturing, discussions, assignments, & in-class clinical case practice (Tutorials).

References
Recommended textbook
 Roger Walker and Cate Whittlesea ‗Clinical pharmacy and therapeutics‘ (2007). 4th edn;
Elsevier.
Materials
 Lecture pdf and power point slides

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
3 Quizzes (best of 2 out of 3). 20%
The first two quizzes will be before the midterm exam in
the third and fifth weeks and the last quizz will be after the
midterm.
Mid-term 30%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center.
 Availability of internet access for presenting movies related to the discussed topics.

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Nesrine Salah-eldine El Sayed
E- Mail nesrine.elsayed@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2219
Room number B5-112

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 239
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

First Aid PHTX 944


A-Basic Information
Semester number Tenth semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization First Aid
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture biweekly
Student workload 30 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 1 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
This course is designed to:
 Provide the learner with a good knowledge base to respond to a medical emergency event
until trained medical professionals arrive.
 Provide skills which will allow the person at the scene to recognize life threatening situations
and to offer vital assistance to the patient before more experienced help arrives, i.e. trained
First Aid personnel or ambulance personnel.

Course learning outcomes:


By the end of the course the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Recognize the basic principles needed to respond to different emergency cases, list the
precautions to be taken and provide information on the signs and symptoms of the different
emergency accidental conditions until trained medical professionals arrive.
Professional & Practical skills
2. Select the proper first aid procedures for life threatening situations before more experienced
help arrives in.
Intellectual skills
3. Use the provided skills which will allow the person 'at the scene' to recognize life threatening
situations and to offer vital assistance to the patient before more experienced help arrives.
4. Differentiate emergency and accidental life threatening symptoms from others, detect the
possible outcomes of the patient‘s case, and distinguish the proper first aid procedure and
treatment.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 240
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Topics covered in the course (course content):


No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) 2
2 Chest pain- choking 2
3 Fracture and dislocation-shock 2
4 Poisoning 2
5 Bleeding 2
6 Burns 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lecturing, discussions, & in-class medical emergency cases practice.

References
Recommended textbook
 Handbook of first aid and emergency care.
Materials
 Lecture pdf and PowerPoint presentation slides.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Mid-term 40%
Final 60%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center.
 Availability of emergency cases related videos on the GUC intranet.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 241
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Nesrine Salah-eldine El Sayed
E- Mail nesrine.elsayed@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2219
Room number B5-112

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 242
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmacoepidemiology and Economy PHTX051

A-Basic Information
Semester number Tenth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Pharmacoepidemiology and Economy
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
The purpose of this course is to introduce the fundamental topics, define the
terminology used in pharmacoeconomic and epidemiologic research, and gives many
examples in evaluating published research so that students can evaluate literature relevant to
their future practice. By the end of the course students should be able to understand, interpret,
and determine the usefulness of pharmacoeconomic and epidemiologic research articles.

Course learning outcomes:


By the end of the course the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
20. Define principles of pharmacoeconomics
21. Discuss principles of pharmacovigilance and the rational use of drugs
22. Maintain public awareness on rational use of drugs

Professional & Practical skills


23. Conduct research studies and analyze the results

Intellectual skills
24. Analyze and interpret experimental results as well as published literature
25. Apply the principles of pharmacoeconomics in promoting cost/effective pharmacotherapy

General skills
26. Work effectively in a team

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 243
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content No. of Teaching


Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to practical pharmacoeconomics 2 2
2 Measuring and estimating coast 2 2
3 Critiquing research articles 2 2
4 Cost Minimization Analysis CMA 2 2
5 Cost Effective Analysis CEA 2 2
6 Cost Utility Analysis CUA 2 2
7 Cost Benefit Analysis CBA 2 2
8 Advanced issues in pharmacoeconomics 2 2
9 Introduction to pharmacoepidimiology and public health 2 2
10 Epidemiological study design 2 2
11 Post Marketing Surveillance I (PMS) 2 2
12 Post Marketing Surveillance II (PMS) 2 2

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials, assignments and a project

References
Recommended textbook
 Waning B., Montagne M., Pharmacoepidemiology: Principles & Practice (2000), McGraw-Hill
Medical,ISBN 978-0071355070
 Rascati K., Essentials of Pharmacoeconomics (2008), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, ISBN 978-
0781765442

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Project 10%
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers
 Availability of lecture presentations on the intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions with animations

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 244
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator Administrative Information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Amr Mohamed Fouad Abbas
E- Mail amr.fouad-abbas@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Room number B5 135

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 245
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmacy Management PHTC 061

A-Basic Information
Semester number Tenth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Pharmacy Management
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture/ 2 weeks
Student workload 60 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 2 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
Today‘s students are tomorrow‘s leaders and managers. Student will discover a focus on the
dynamics of business management in the context of a challenging and new work environment. Just as
the workplace in this new century will be vastly different from todays, so too must our teaching and
learning environment be different from days gone by. Even while continuing to emphasize the
relevance of cultural diversity, ethics and social responsibility, the global economy, and the
imperatives of quality and high performance, business management educators must all step
confidently forward on the paths toward an uncertain future. The course will enable Pharmacy
students to understand his/her role towards his/ her society giving high quality pharmaceutical care as
well as minimizing the cost of health care. Also it will enable him/her to understand the basics of the
business management concepts to be able to run and manage his/her own projects, or being an active
and productive member within any organization he could join.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


27. Recall the basic principles of pharmaceutical, medical, social, behavioral,
management, health & environmental sciences as well as pharmacy practice
28. Discuss regulatory affairs, pharmacy laws and ethics of healthcare and pharmacy
profession
29. Recognize the principles of drug promotion, sales and marketing, business
administration, accounting and pharmacoeconomics
30. Discuss management principles including financial and human resources

Intellectual skills
31. Interpret and prepare a complete pharmacist work of drug therapy "PWDT" through
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 246
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

implementing the FARM or SOAP Notes


32. Apply management by objectives technique to facilitates planning process
33. Analyze different macro- and micro-environmental factors affecting forecasting annual drug
orders for hospital or private pharmacy
34. Prepare annual forecast for drugs for inventory, or annual revenue for a business
35. Analyze different factors affecting the cost of inventory within pharmacy or pharmaceutical
manufacturing plants
36. Prepare annual as well as monthly Economic order volume
37. Prepare annual as well as economic production patch volume, within manufacturing plant
38. Set reorder point for each inventory
39. Set a lead time for demand
40. Analyze business activity with accounting concepts and principles

General skills
41. Demonstrate creativity and time management abilities
42. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem solving and decision-making abilities
43. Work effectively in a team
44. Develop financial, sales and market management skills

Content No. of Teaching


Hours

Topic Lecture
1 Pharmaceutical Care 2
2 Planning to Set Direction 2
3 Introduction to Forecasting 2
4 Inventory Control Management 2
5 Financial Statement 1 2
6 Financial Statement 2 2

Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 The pharmaceutical Journal, vol. 258, P 887
 Management, 6e, Schermerhorn
 Operation Management, seventh edition, William J. Stevenson
 Financial Accounting, 4/e Harrison & Horngren

Materials
PowerPoint presentations, word documents

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 247
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Mid-term 40%
Final 60%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers
 Availability of lecture presentations on the intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions with animations

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator Administrative Information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Amr Mohamed Fouad Abbas
E- Mail amr.fouad-abbas@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Room number B5 135

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 248
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pathology & Histology PHTX 621

A-Basic Information

Semester number Sixth semester


Semester type Spring semester
Study year Third year
Department offering the course Pharmacology and Toxicology
Specialization Pathology
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
This course is designed to give the student the basic knowledge about Molecular Pathology
on the very advanced molecular level. Specifically the course aims to provide knowledge about
common diseases, their cause, clinical features and molecular pathogenesis. The course content
includes causes of cell injury, mechanisms of cell injury and cellular adaptation to injury. It also
compromises the process and purpose of inflammation and the cardinal features of inflammation as
well as tissue repair. The course covers the causes and effects of autoimmune diseases and the
hypersensitivity reactions and their consequences, as well as the histocompatibility molecules and
cytokines as soluble mediators of the immune response and the main effects of immunodeficiency.

Hemodynamic disorders are included encompassing Edema, Embolism and Infarction.


Moreover, from the landmarks of the course are the hallmarks and the molecular evolution of cancer,
the role of oncogenes and the tumor suppressor genes in the pathogenesis of cancer. This course
provides the basic information needed for the deep understanding of Clinical Microbiology, Clinical
pharmacy, Pharmacology, and Pathophysiology. This course will enable students to integrate their
knowledge into clinical pharmacy as well as research practice and will allow them to interact with the
real medical practice and practitioners. Moreover, this course will help students to undergo their
research in the following disciplines: Molecular Medicine, Molecular Pharmacology, Molecular
Pathology, & Clinical researches.

learning outcomes

By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding

1. Recognize the cellular adaption to different injury stimuli, the different mechanisms and
types of body defense, the mechanisms of tumors‘ growth, and the classes of normal
regulatory genes.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 249
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

2. Comprehend the genetic role of cells in normal functions, pathological stimuli and aging, and
understand the bio chemical pathways of cell injury.
3. Enumerate etiology, epidemiology, and molecular pathogenesis, mechanisms of actions and
clinical features of different body disorders.
4. Indentify the different responses to drug therapy according to genetic constitution that is
named Pharmacogenomics.

Professional & Practical skills

5. Use the proper medical language in defining various scientific pathological terms.
6. Correlate the different pathological disorders on the molecular level with the clinical pictures
of patients for better diagnosis and management of the disease, and advice patients about the
proper use of medicines.

Intellectual skills

7. Prepare research papers about topics relevant to the lecture topics.


8. Analyze and evaluate laboratory and clinical results to be used in the diagnosis of different
diseases.

General skills

9. Prepare the topics required from you that are not mentioned in the lectures but relevant to the
lecture topics and discuss these topics in the tutorials. Moreover, Templates of questions are
prepared and distributed to all tutors to test the knowledge and understanding of the students
in the tutorials.
10. Collect & judge information from different internet sources and text books sources
concerning different studied cases to improve professional competencies.
11. Prepare required research papers, and answer bonus questions of the lecture topics using
advanced independent searching.
12. Manage time in solving clinical cases in the computer based midterm and final exams with
different difficulty levels and lengths.
13. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities in solving the
cases of tutorials, and exams.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 250
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Cellular Injury, Adaptation and Death 2 2
2 Inflammation 2 2
3 Healing and Repair 2 2
4 Hemodynamic Disorders I 2 2
5 Hemodynamic Disorders II 2 2
6 Immunity I 2 2
7 Immunity II 2 2
8 Immunity III 2 2
9 Neoplasia I 2 2
10 Neoplasia 2 2 2
11 Neoplasia 3 2 2
12 Neoplasia 4 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lecturing, discussions, seminars, in-class clinical case practice (Tutorials).

References
Recommended textbook
 Basic Pathology 7th Edition, by Kumar, Cotran and Robbins, W.B., Saunders Company,
2003.
Recommended further reading
 Robin Reid ―Basic Pathology‖, 8th edn, Elseuier.
Relevant websites
 www.studentconsult.com

Materials
 Lecture PowerPoint presentation.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes (best 2 out of 3) 20%
Assignmemts 5%
Mid-term exam 30%
Final exam 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 251
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
Forms of media:
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf and PowerPoint formats as a soft copies on the GUC‘s
intranet to be presented to students during lecture sessions and as a hard copies in the copy
center.

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Prof. Dr. Ola Heikal

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Ahmed Ihab
E- Mail ahmed.abdel-aziz@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2214
Room number B5-133

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 252
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Electives offered by
Biochemistry department

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 253
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Clinical Biochemistry PHBC 621

A-Basic Information
Semester number Sixth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Third year
Department offering the course Biochemistry
Specialization Clinical Biochemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

After completion of the course the student should have the basic knowledge and skills that enable
her/ him to describe the biological reactions that occur in living tissues and be able to integrate,
interpret and explain several phenomena related to normal and pathological conditions of the human
body. Also, they should be able to measure levels of different constituents in human fluids as blood
and urine and interpret changes in these levels related to different human diseases.

By the end of this course all metabolic pathways of carbohydrate, lipid and protein
metabolism are described, integrated and correlated to clinical disorders. This knowledge is essential
among other biological and medical studies for pharmacists to fulfill their duties as healthcare
providers.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Describe the steps of the major biochemical pathways of energy conversion, catabolism and
anabolism, including compounds‘ reactions, conversions, metabolism, and regulations, and
correlate how these relate to body function in health and disease states.
2. Summarize the laboratory techniques for determination of various biological molecules such
as glucose, glycated hemoglobin, urea, creatinine, cholesterol, triglycerides and lipoproteins,
and relate this basic knowledge to the clinical diagnosis.
3. Demonstrate the principle and activity of different body systems in health & disease states,
and summarize the interplay of different biochemical pathways of the human body.
4. Describe different states of major diseases including symptoms, methods of detection,
diagnosis, classification, metabolic features, long-term and acute complications, relate the
biochemical investigations with the clinical features based on this basic knowledge, and
develop an effective guide for disease control.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 254
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Professional & Practical skills


5. Differentiate between the terms and abbreviations used in biochemical pathways, describe the
various energy terms, and properly use the medical terms of different metabolic diseases.
6. Recognize principles of electrophoresis in the separation of different classes of lipoproteins.
7. Search independently for biochemical information, and effectively prepare, sort and present
scientific data in a group presentation at the end of semester.

Intellectual skills
8. Interpret laboratory data related to disturbances in metabolism, and analyze and compare the
methods of separation of lipoproteins using this information for the diagnostic purposes.
9. Evaluate data of biochemical investigations and suggest the best way of treatment.

General skills
10. Extract and present the required scientific information.
11. Use information from different sources to prepare effective presentations.
12. Apply information to extend studies and correlate literature findings to other sources.
13. Work in groups for the preparation and presentation of a scientific topic as course
assignment.
14. Use calculations and statistical methods independently through solving homework problems.
15. Search for biochemical information in order to prepare effective presentations of scientific
and clinical themes to different audiences (scientists, non-scientists).
16. Develop an ability to investigate the meaning of the clinical data to patients.
17. Prepare group presentations from novel and unfamiliar topics that are assigned to students.
18. Demonstrate creativity based on factual understanding in comparing different interconnected
metabolic pathways together with their regulatory steps.
19. Learn to present own work in front of other students in weekly tutorials.
20. Students are encouraged to evaluate others‘ presentations and recommend improvements.
21. Discuss and compare case studies in tutorial, solve direct and indirect correlation questions,
interpret clinical data, relate the biochemical findings to molecular basis and propose
treatments.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 255
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Carbohydrate metabolism : Glycolysis 2 2
2 Carbohydrate metabolism : Aerobic Metabolism 2 2
3 Carbohydrate metabolism : Glycogen Metabolism & 2 2
Gluconeogenesis
4 Carbohydrate metabolism : Pentose Phosphate Pathway and 2 2
Other Pathways of Hexose Metabolism
5 Oxidative Phosphorylation 2 2
6 Disorders of Carbohydrate Metabolism (1) 2 2
7 Disorders of Carbohydrate Metabolism (2) 2 2
8 Lipids & lipid Metabolism 1 2 2
9 Lipids and lipid metabolism 2 2 2
10 Lipids and lipid metabolism 3 2 2
11 Complex Lipids Metabolism (Phospholipids, Prostaglandins and 2 2
Cholesterol)
12 Plasma Lipoproteins metabolism and disorders 2 2
13 Integration of metabolism 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments.

References
Recommended textbook
 Biochemistry by L. Stryer, Freeman & Company New York.
 Jeremy M. Berg, John L. Tymoczko, Lubert Stryer Biochemistry (5th edition).
 Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry, N.W. Tietz, W.B., Saunders Company, Philadelphia,
London, Tokyo.
 Lipincott‘s illustrated reviews in biochemistry – Biochemistry: The molecular basis of
life(Mccraw.Hill)

Recommended further reading


 Related chapters in Biochemistry by T. Mckee & J. Mckee, Wm. C. Brown Publishers,
London, Madrid, Tokyo ….; Harper‘s Biochemistry by R.K. Murray, D.K. Granner, P.A.
Mayes & V.W. Rodwell. Biochemistry. Appleton & Lange, New York, Connecticut,
California.
 Lehninger, Voet/Voet, Lippincotts and Colour Atlas of Biochemistry (2nd Edition) 2005.
 Clinical Biochemistry: An illustrated colour text, A. Gaw et al., Churchill Livingstone, p58-
65; Clinical Chemistry, W.J. Marshall, Mosby.
 Harper‘s review of Biochemistry.
Materials
 PowerPoint presentations, movies, hard copies of lectures, PDFs and Animations, group
discussions and case studies.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 256
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Relevant websites
 http://www.diabetes.niddk.nih.gov/dm/pubs/insulinresistance/
 http://www.bmb.leeds.ac.uk/illingworth/metabol/pathways.pdf
 http://www.bmb.leeds.ac.uk/illingworth/metabol/index.htm#links
http://www.LWW.com
 http://highered.mcgrawhill.com/sites/0072507470/student_view0/chapter25/animation__h
ow_glycolysis_works.html
 http://www.rpi.edu/dept/bcbp/molbiochem/MBWeb/mb1/part2/glycogen.htmFOoPDswbp
wZnmBg
 http://www.udel.edu/chem/white/C643/MetabPathways.html
 http://www.medicinenet.com/diabetes_mellitus/article.htm

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes ( 1 out of 2) 10%
Assignments (best 2 out of 3) 10%
Mid- term 35%
Final 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers
 Availability of lectures presentations, PDFs, movies and animations on the GUC
intranet that are used for data show and explanation to students during lecture
sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Mohamed Zakaria Gad

Course Coordinator Prof. Mohamed Zakaria gad


E-Mail mohamed.gad@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-27581041
Telephone +20-2-27590717
Ext 2217
Room number B5-105

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 257
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Interdisciplinary elective

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 258
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Biochemistry III (Pathobiochemistry) PHTX 731

A-Basic Information
Semester number Seventh semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Fourth year
Department offering the course Biochemistry
Specialization Pathophysiology & Pathobiochemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 2 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week
Student workload 180 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 6 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims
The Pathophysiology part of the course;
The Pathophysiology part of the course is designed to give the student systemic Pathophysiology &
Pathobiochemistry knowledge from the molecular point of view. Specifically the course aims to provide
knowledge about body system diseases, their cause, clinical features and molecular evolution to help the
student to understand the patient and his disease on the clinical and molecular levels, and also helps to
communicate better with clinical colleagues. It includes the cytogenetic and molecular genetic
abnormalities on the chromosomal and genetic levels with the impact of these abnormalities on the
clinical features and presentation of the disease. This part of the course also includes hematological
abnormalities of the RBCs and WBCs with the molecular evolution of hematological malignancies due to
proliferative disorders. Pathological disorders of different systems are explicitly explained in the course
on the molecular and clinical levels, like: Molecular Cardiology, Molecular Hepatology, Molecular
Neurology, Molecular gastroenterology, Molecular Endocrinology & respiratory disorders.

This part of the course provides information needed for immunology, Clinical Pharmacy,
Pharmacology, and Pharmacotherapeutics courses. Physiology and Pathology courses are needed for the
deep understanding of this course. This course will enable students to integrate their knowledge into
clinical pharmacy as well as research practice and will allow them to interact with the real medical
practice and practitioners. Moreover, this course will help students to undergo their research in the
following disciplines: Molecular Medicine, Molecular Pharmacology, Molecular Pathology, & Clinical
researches.

After completion of the Pathophysiology part of the course, the student should have the basic
knowledge and skills that enable her/ him to illustrate the role of certain biochemical molecules such as
hormones, nitric oxide, vitamins, minerals, and tumor markers in the physiological functions of human
body and to describe the effects of changes in the levels of these constituents in the predisposition and/or
efficient diagnosis of various diseases. The students will also be acquainted with recent development in
diagnostic and molecular biology techniques. This course continues with the other biochemistry courses
to provide basic information about laboratory diagnostics of various diseases and monitoring the clinical
status of patients during the treatment.

The Pathobiochemistry part of the course;


The knowledge provided by the three basic and clinical biochemistry courses integrates directly
with other clinical and medicine-related courses such as clinical pharmacy, clinical pharmacology, first
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 259
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

aid, pharmaceutics, pharmacy law, physiology, anatomy, and pharmacokinetics. Biochemistry is thus
established as one of the basic sciences describing the function of the human body on a molecular level.
Completing the three Biochemistry courses will enable students to develop the skills and knowledge to
act as ―first point-of-contact with patients‖ healthcare provider and to implement their essential roles in
the primary care of patients.

This includes assessment of patients with both, well-diagnosed and undiagnosed conditions,
enabling students to take decisions about the clinical management required, designing and reviewing
medication regimens, and monitoring of treatment progress. Students will be knowledgeable about key
services provided by pharmacists, such as compounding medicine, general health advice, providing
specific education to patients about disease states and medications, dosing drugs in renal and hepatic
failure, pharmacokinetic evaluation, providing pharmaceutical information, and others.

Learning outcomes:

By the end of the course, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize the genetics basics and the pathophysiological background of different diseases
with emphasis on the molecular pathogenesis of the diseases.
2. Classify vitamins and minerals according to their function and structure, recognize animal
and plant sources of vitamins and minerals, and recognize the daily requirement of vitamins
and minerals.
3. Principles of different analytical techniques using GLP guidelines and validation procedures.
4. Recognize the different adaptations of the body cells in different environmental conditions
whether physiological or pathological, and to understand the process of the disease
pathogenesis.
5. Define and enumerate etiology, epidemiology, laboratory diagnosis, molecular pathogenesis,
clinical features, prognosis, complications and treatment of different organ diseases.

6. Discuss the biochemical reactions and the physiological roles of vitamins and minerals in the
human body.
7. Describe key concepts of hormones: mechanisms of action, structures, biochemical pathways,
functions, assessment and disorders related to hormonal dysfunction.
8. Explain the theories and procedures of molecular biology techniques and their application in
pharmacy.
9. List the physiological & pathological roles of nitric oxide (NO) and other transmitters in
health and disease of human body.
10. Discuss the deficiency of vitamins and minerals and relate lab diagnosis to clinical
manifestations.

Professional & Practical skills


11. Use the proper medical language in defining the pathophysiological terms, conditions, and
disorders.
12. Memorize and differentiate between terms and abbreviations related to hormones, vitamins,
minerals, NO metabolism and molecular biology.
13. Recognize the detailed molecular pathogenesis of the diseases as the inflammatory and
malignant disorders and their molecular, biochemical, and clinical diagnosis with correlating
this information to the disease management and recognize the use of various techniques in the
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 260
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

disease diagnosis.
13. Recognize different techniques to evaluate minerals‘ and vitamins‘ levels in blood and
different body organs.
14. Interpret laboratory data related to different body disorders, and cite the relevant techniques
used to determine these data.

Intellectual skills
15. Prepare research papers about topics relevant to the lecture topics.
16. Interpret the clinical manifestations related to the coenzyme functions of vitamins and
minerals. Propose treatments for endocrine disorders.
17. Analyze and evaluate laboratory and clinical results to be used in the diagnosis of different
diseases.
18. Differentiate between different mechanisms of actions of hormones, vitamins, and minerals.
19. Analyze the signs and symptoms of different human disorders on the molecular and
biochemical level, and propose a scheme for management of these disorders.
20. Correlate between different molecular biology techniques and their clinical applications.
21. Differentiate between different detection techniques of NO in biological systems, compare
between therapeutic strategies, contrast the physiological and pathological roles of NO and
assess the potential applications of NO studies.

General skills
22. Prepare required topics that are not mentioned in the lectures but relevant to the lecture topics
and discuss them in the tutorials.
23. Collect & judge information from different internet sources and text books sources
concerning different studied cases to improve professional competencies.
24. Prepare required research papers, and answer bonus questions of the lecture topics using
advanced independent searching.
25. Judge between different clinical symptoms of disease. Evaluate the consequences of poor or
imbalanced nutrition and contribute to a national program to assure body health with its main
vitamin and food requirement
26. Demonstrate creativity & manage time in solving clinical cases in the computer based
midterm and final exams with different difficulty levels and lengths.
27. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities in solving the
cases of tutorials, and exams.
28. Demonstrate problem-solving and diagnostic abilities through solving direct and indirect
correlation questions and case studies.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 261
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Genetic diseases I 2 2
2 Genetic diseases II 2 2
3 Genetic diseases III 2 2
4 Genetic diseases IV 2 2
5 CNS and Lung Disorders 2 2
6 The Liver 2 2
7 CVS 2 2
8 Hematopoietic system I 2 2
9 Hematopoietic system II 2 2
10 Hematopoietic system III 2 2
11 Hematopoietic System IV 2 2
12 Hematopoietic System VI 2 2
13 Hematopoietic System VII 2 2
14 Endocrine Disorders (1) 2 2
15 Endocrine Disorders (2) 2
16 Molecular Biology Techniques (1) 2 2
17 Molecular Biology Techniques (2) 2
18 Nitric Oxide in Health & Disease 2 2
19 Water Soluble vitamins 2
20 Fat soluble vitamins 2 2
21 Body Minerals

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials, assignments, discussions, seminars and hand- on activities

References
Recommended textbook
 Basic Pathology 7th Edition, by Kumar, Cotran and Robbins, W.B., Saunders Company,
2003
 Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry, N.W. Tietz, W.B., Saunders Company, Philadelphia,
London, Tokyo.
 Biochemistry by L. Stryer, Freeman & Company New York …., chapter 6
 Nitric Oxide by C.C. Chiueh et al, New York Academy of Sciences
 Lipincott‘s illustrated review of biochemistry- The science of nutrition

Recommended further reading


 Pathology Illustrated 6th edition, by Robin Reid
 Clinical Biochemistry: An illustrated colour text, A. Gaw et al., Churchill Livingstone, 75-
90,144-145
 Clinical Chemistry, W.J. Marshall, Mosby, chapters 7, 8, 9 and 10.
 Clinical Chemistry by ML Bishop et al, chapter 8;
 Culotta E & Koshland DE (1992) NO news is good news. Science 258: 1862-1865, Stamler
JS, Sihgel DJ & Loscalzo J (1992) Biochemistry of nitric oxide and its redox-activated forms.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 262
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Science 258: 1898-1902


 Clinical nutrition.

Materials
PowerPoint Presentations, Hard copy of lectures, Movies, group discussions, case studies

Relevant websites
 http://women.webmd.com/guide/understanding-thyroid-problems-
 http://www.endocrineweb.com/endocrinology/your-adrenal-glands
 http://www.molecularstation.com/molecular-biology-techniques/
 D:\GUC\Biochemistry at GUC\Pathobiochemistry winter 2010\lectures\Molecularbiology
lectures 3 & 4\chip.swf
 http://www.articlesbase.com/supplements-and-vitamins-articles/nitric-oxide-review2011-
4150435.html
 www.mynutiritonlab.com
 http://www.medicinenet.com/diabetes_mellitus/article.htm

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes ( 1 out of 2) 20%
Assignments 5%
Mid- term 30%
Final 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers
 Availability of lectures presentations, PDFs, movies and animations on the GUC
intranet that are used for data show and explanation to students during lecture
sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Mohamed Zakaria Gad

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Ahmed Ihab Abd El Aziz
E- Mail ahmed.ahmed.abdel-aziz@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2214
Room number B5-108

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 263
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Electives offered by
Pharmaceutical Technology
department

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 264
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Biopharmacy and Pharmacokinetics PHTC 521

A-Basic Information
Semester number Fifth semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Third year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Technology
Specialization Biopharmacy and Pharmacokinetics
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ 2 weeks
Student workload 120 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 4 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

This course aims at informing the students of the main pharmacokinetics parameters e.g. t1/2, Vd,
Kel, Kabs, Kdist, Cl regarding their importance, application, factors affecting them and how to
calculate them. Accordingly, the student should know how to use blood and urine data following
intravenous as well as extra- vascular administration to calculate pharmacokinetics parameters. The
student should be also able to adjust a dosage regimen regarding initial dose, maintenance dose and
dosing interval as well as intravenous infusion adjustment. The student should also study about
bioavailability and its parameters e.g. Cmax, AUC and tmax and how to calculate and apply them in
evaluation and optimization of dosage forms. A goal of this course is also to make the student aware
of the biological as well as physicochemical factors affecting bioavailability of pharmaceutical
dosage forms including the effect of dosage form manufacturing steps and excipients.The effect of
food and co-administered drugs on bioavailability is also considered.

Course learning outcomes:


By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recall the basics of pharmacokinetic parameters following intravenous and extravascular
administration of some drugs in one / multi-compartment model using blood and /or urine
data and the basics of different orders of kinetics rather than the first order.
2. Identify the dosing types, regimens, pharmacokinetic, bioavailability parameters, and the
physiological factors that affect the drug bioavailability and its proper use.
3. Recall the principles of pharmacokinetics & bioavailability with applications in
therapeutic drug monitoring according to the sampling method obtained and with
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 265
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

applications in dose modification according to the health condition of the patient.


4. Define the principles of many body functions in health & some disease states on the drug
bioavailability.
5. Identify methods of calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters and dose regimens of some
drugs in one or / multi-compartment models using blood and/or urine data.

Professional & Practical skills


6. Use the proper pharmaceutical terms and symbols in pharmacokinetics and
biopharmaceutics practice.
7. Advise patients & other health care professionals about safe & proper use of medicines
through using the data needed for determining the bioavailability of drugs and also
through judging the proper timing of administration in case of repeated doses according to
the onset of action and the maximum plasma concentration of drug.
8. Analyze the significance of each physiological and physicochemical factor effect on the
drug bioavailability.

Intellectual skills
9. Apply the knowledge of the physiological factors affecting the drug bioavailability when
formulating a new medicine to guarantee safety and effectiveness.
10. Calculate the pharmacokinetic parameters that are needed in adjusting the drug dosing and
the dosing regimen.
11. Correlate the physicochemical properties of different drugs to decide their compatibility,
proper timing of administration, and bioavailability or interaction.
12. Analyze, interpret and compare the impact of different pharmacokinetic parameters on the
bioavailability of various drugs taken with different routes of administration.

General skills
13. Retrieve & evaluate information from urine and blood data, from the pattern of plasma
data curve, and from plasma volume of distribution to compute and conclude the
pharmacokinetics, bioavailability and bioequivalence parameters.
14. Use numeracy & calculation methods in determining the bioavailability parameters and
concluding the suitable route of administration.
15. Assess the proper timing of dose administration and judge and evaluate new formulae for
a drug by computing its relative and absolute bioavailability.
16. Decide the order of kinetics and the route of administration, through collecting blood and
urine data, through the pattern of plasma data curve, and through plasma volume of
distribution to compute and calculate the drug dose and different pharmacokinetic
parameters.
17. Decide the choice of a proper new medication formula according to its bioequivalence
profile.
18. Develop a complete model for deciding the proper dosage form, timing of administration
putting into consideration (physicochemical properties, drug action and absorption site).

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 266
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Pharmacokinetic Parameters: Definition, Influencing Factors, 2 2
Determination following Intravenous Administration (One
Compartment Model)
2 Pharmacokinetic Parameters (Cont.),Clearance: Definition, 2 2
Determination, Significance. Determination of
Pharmacokinetic Parameters Using Urine Data
3 Drug Distribution According to One Compartment and 2 2
Multicompartment Models. Determination of Pharmacokinetic
Parameters Following Intravenous Administration of Drugs
Distributed According to Two Compartment Models.
4 Determination of Pharmacokinetic Parameters Following 2 2
Extravascular Administration, Flip-Flop Model.
5 Application of Wagner Nelson and Loo Riegelman Equations. 2 2
Determination of Bioavailability parameters Using Blood Data
6 Determination of Bioavailability Parameters from Urine Data. 2 2
Bioequivalence Study.
Repeated Intravenous Administration: Infusion (Rate, plasma
levels, pharmacokinetic parameters)
7 Repeated Intravenous Administration: Dose Regimen, 2 2
Pharmacokinetic and Bioavailability Parameters
8 Repeated Extra-vascular Administration 2 2
Non-Compartmental Pharmacokinetic Parameters
9 Factors Affecting Bioavailability: Biological Factors I 2 2
10 Factors Affecting Bioavailability: Biological Factors II 2 2
11 Factors Affecting Bioavailability: Physicochemical Factors I 2 2
12 Factors Affecting Bioavailability: Physicochemical Factors II 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 G.S. Banker anc C.T.Rhodes :Modern pharmaceutics, Marcel Dekker ;4th ed. (2002); chapters
3 and 4
Materials
 Hand-out and slides

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 267
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Participation 10%
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be
presented to students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi
E- Mail nagia.afifi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2198
Room number B5-118

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 268
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutical Technology I (Industrial Pharmacy-Solid Dosage


Forms I and Quality Control) PHTC 732

A-Basic Information

Semester number Seventh semester


Semester type Winter semester
Study year Fourth year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Technology
Specialization Industrial pharmacy-Solid Dosage Forms and Quality Control
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ 2 week,
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5CP

B- Professional Information

Aims

In the first section of this course, students will be aware of the importance of the stability
study to almost every pharmacist starting from the manufacturing pharmacist passing by the
hospital pharmacist and arriving at the community pharmacist. They will be reminded of the
kinetic order of drug degradation and taught the most important complex degradation kinetics
encountered in drug formulations. Students will study in details the different environmental and
formulation related factors affecting the drug stability in different pharmaceutical dosage
forms, including: storage temperature, dispensing solvents and related factors as ionic
strength and dielectric constant, as will as catalyst and light. The course in this section will
also cover all the calculations and techniques involved in the determination of the order of
drug degradation, estimation of shelf life and conducting accelerated stability testing for shelf
life estimation while saving time and effort. Different pathways of drug degradation and how
we can protect a drug against them together with the different strategic concepts during
stability testing will also be covered.
In the second part of this course, Sterile dosage forms including parenteral and ophthalmic
products will be covered. Students will recognize the different route of parenteral
administration including IV, IM, SC, ID, IT, PD …etc. The design and formulation of
parenterals including, the types of vehicle or solvents both aqueous and non-aqueous,
adjusting isotonicity and buffering and other additives e.g. antioxidants and solubilizing agents
will be investigated. The course also includes the preparation of different parenteral products:
small and large volume; solution, suspension, and emulsions. Calculations involved in adjusting
isotonicity, preparation of electrolyte solutions for replacement therapy and calculation involved in
the typical IV admixture and flow rate in the continuous parenteral therapy using the drip method will
be covered in the tutorials. Students will be familiarized with packaging of injections both materials
and containers. Sterilization, sterility testing and pyrogen testing will be thought beside the in-process
quality control on parenterals. Ophthalmic solution suspension ointments and inserts will be
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 269
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

investigated.

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Discuss various principles of pharmaceutical reaction kinetics and various dosage forms
2. Employing calculations to determine the factors affecting reaction rate.
3. Enumerate different properties affecting various pharmaceutical dosage forms
4. Describe various instruments & techniques used in different pharmaceutical dosage forms
5. Describe Sterilization methods of pharmaceutical dosage forms

Professional & Practical skills


6. Use the proper pharmaceutical calculations to Compound, dispense, label, store & distribute
medicines effectively & safely.
7. Employ understanding of different dosage forms in order to choose the adequate additives
and for suitable packaging
8. Conduct research studies on drug stability via calculating the half life and degradation
constant
and employing reaction kinetics to differentiate between rate of degradation of dosage forms
9. Apply understanding of manufacturing procedures of various dosage forms and products

Intellectual skills
10. Apply the understanding of reaction kinetics in different pharmaceuticals in order to
formulate safe & effective medicines
11. Recognize and control possible benefits and risks that may occur during pharmaceutical
dosage forms preparation and administration
12. Recommend quality control tests required for pharmaceutical dosage forms

General skills
13. Use reaction kinetics calculation.
14. Demonstrate critical thinking & problem- solving ability in drug formulation via prediction
of drug stability and solving reaction kinetics problems
15. Retrieve and evaluate information concerning pharmaceutical dosage forms from different
sources

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 270
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Drug Stability: Kinetics of Drug Degradation: Zero Order, First 2 2
order and Pseudo First Order
2 Drug Stability: Kinetics of Drug Degradation: Second Order, Third 2 2
order ; identification of order of degradation, complex reactions
3 Drug Stability: Kinetics of Drug Degradation: Complex Reactions. 2 2
Factors affecting drug degradation: Temperature
4 Factors Affecting Drug Degradation: Temperature, its application in 2 2
determination of shelf-life and overage
5 Factors Affecting Drug Degradation (Cont.) 2 2
6 Factors affecting reaction rate (Continued) Decomposition path ways 2 2
and product protection
7 Product protection: Parenterals- Advantages, Disadvantages and 2 2
Routes of administration
8 Sterile Dosage Forms: Parenterals- routes of parenteral 2 2
administration (cont.)-parenteral formulation
9 Components of Parenteral Products: Vehicles, active Drug and added 2 2
substances
10 Components of Parenteral Products: Additives 2 2
Containers of Parenteral Products, preparation of parenterals
11 Formulation of Parenteral Products: Solutions, Suspensions, 2 2
Emulsions and Powder . Methods of Sterilization - Quality
Control of Parenterals
12 Quality Control of Parenterals (Cont.) Ophthalmic Preparations 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures and tutorials

References

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 271
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Recommended textbook
 Martin, J. Swarbrick, A. Cammarata, Physical Pharmacy, Pysical Chemistry, Principles in
Pharmaceutical Sciences, Lea and Febiger, ISBN 0-8121-0877-9.
 G. S. Banker, C. T. Rhodes, Modern Pharmaceutics, Marcel Dekker, Inc.,
ISBN: 0-8247-0674-9.

Recommended For reading


 Textbooks or articles about drug degradation and stability

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a hard copy in the copy center and as a
soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi
E- Mail nagia.afifi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2198
Room number B5-118

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 272
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutical Technology II (Industrial Pharmacy-Solid Dosage


Forms I and Herbal preparations) PHTC 833

A-Basic Information

Semester number Eighth semester


Semester type Spring semester
Study year Fourth year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Technology
Specialization Industrial pharmacy-Solid Dosage Forms and Herbal preparations
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ 2 week,

Student workload 150 hrs


Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information

Aims

At the end of the course the students will be able to design and formulate tablets and capsules, select
the proper excipients in formulation, besides understand the physicochemical properties of drug
substance and its effect on the development of an efficacious dosage form.
Emphasis is also given on designing sustained release drug delivery systems to reduce the frequency
of dosing. In addition to controlling the quality of the prepared dosage forms and understanding the
idea, objectives and the techniques of drug targeting.
This course also focuses on, the formulation of transdermal dosage forms and understanding the
mechanism, routes and factors affecting percutaneous absorption.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 273
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define various drug dosage forms and formulation processes, and illustrate the different
technologies used in drug formulation.
2. Specify the methods used for various formulating processes, and specify the
physicochemical properties of drugs suitable for each of the assigned dosage forms.
3. Enumerate the advantages of using various drug release dosage forms.

Professional & Practical skills

4. Employ understanding of various pharmaceutics terms and processes, and understand and
recognize the quality control tests and apparatuses of various dosage forms.
5. Express the results in form of charts, report them, interpret them, and calculate the required
calculations.

Intellectual skills

6. Apply pharmaceutical knowledge in application of measuring the flowability and


dissolution of various drugs, and measuring the quality control tests for tablets, capsules and
bioadesive films.

General skills
7. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources to improve professional
competencies
8. Work together to discuss the differences between different ways to measure the flowability
and dissolution of various drugs, and to measure the quality control tests for tablets, capsules
and bioadesive films.
9. Implement writing & presentation skills.
10. Solve the problems.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 274
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Advanced Dosage Forms: Sustained Release Dosage Forms: 2 2
Advantages, Disadvantages, Suitable Drug Characteristics
2 Advanced Dosage Forms: Sustained Release Dosage Forms: 2 2
Advantages, Disadvantages, Suitable Drug Characteristics
Advanced Dosage Forms: Sustained Release Dosage Forms
Technologies for Formulation of Sustained Release Oral Dosage
Forms:
Floatation , Bioadhesion ,Coating, Microencapsulation (Definition,
Advantages)
3 Advanced Dosage Forms: Sustained Release Dosage Forms 2 2

Technologies for Formulation of Extended Release Dosage Forms


(Cont.): Microencapsulation
4 Advanced Dosage Forms: Sustained Release Dosage Forms 2 2
Technologies for Formulation of Extended Release Dosage Forms
(Cont.): Matrix Embedding, Complex Formation, Ion-Exchange
Resins, Osmotic Pump
5 Advanced Dosage Forms: Transdermal Drug Delivery 2 2
6 Advanced Dosage Forms: Drug Targeting-Types, Approaches: 2 2
Ehrlich Approach, Prodrug Approach, Missile Approach (Carrier-
mediated for active, passive and physical targeting)
Types of Carriers: Liposomes
7 Advanced Dosage Forms: Drug Targeting- Carriers(Cont.) 2 2
Traditional Solid Dosage Forms: Tablets- Types
8 Traditional Solid Dosage Forms: Tablets( Cont.)- 2 2
Additives,Manufacturing,Types of Coating
9 Preformulation: Bulk Characterization 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures and tutorials

References
Recommended textbook
 Ansel, H.C, Popovich, N.G and Allen, L.V: Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms And Drug
Delivery Systems 7th Ed. Williams And Wilkins, 1999.

 Aulton, M.E.: Pharmaceutics: The Science of Dosage Form Design 2nd Ed. Churchill
Livingstone, 2002

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 275
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a hard copy in the copy center and as a
soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Nagia Nagia Naguib Afifi

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi
E- Mail nagia.afifi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2198
Room number B5-118

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 276
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutical Technology III (Industrial Pharmacy-Liquid and


Semisolids) PHTC 934

A-Basic Information

Semester number Ninth semester


Semester type Winter semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Technology
Specialization Industrial pharmacy-liquid and semisolids
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week One Lecture/ week ,One Tutorial/ two weeks
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information

Aims

This course is intended to introduce students to the general theory of unit operations and
manufacturing processes commonly used in pharmaceutical industries. Also introduce the students to
the current good manufacturing practices guide line.

An emphasis is also driven in providing students with a general knowledge of size reduction process
and the different equipments used for this process. Besides, providing students with knowledge of the
mixing process and the different equipments used, general knowledge of filtration process and the
types of filters.

This course also focuses on providing student with a general knowledge of evaporation process and
the type of evaporators used, crystallization process and the type of equipments used, drying process
and different type of dryers and finally, providing students with a general knowledge of current good
manufacturing practices rules.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Express basic pharmaceutical sciences, pharmaceutical unit operations including production,
process and laboratory control.
2. Physico- chemical properties of various substances used in preparation of various substances
used in preparation of medicines including inactive & active ingredients.
3. Recognize the principles of various pharmaceutical machines including sampling testing of
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 277
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

the in-process materials and drug product.


4. Demonstrate the basic requirements for quality control.
5. Specify various pharmaceutical instruments and techniques and their proper documentation.

Professional & Practical skills


6. Apply techniques used in operating pharmaceutical equipment & instruments.
7. Apply standard operating procedure for samples testing.

Intellectual skills
8. Apply pharmaceutical knowledge in the preparation of safe & effective medicines.
9. Apply pharmaceutical knowledge during calculation of the product yield.
10. Apply humidity chart data for environmental control.
11. Comprehend & apply cGMP guidelines in manufacturing of the pharmaceutical dosage
forms.
12. Implement writing & presentation skills.

General skills
13. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources to improve professional
competencies.
14. Work effectively in team.
15. Implement writing & presentation skills through a project presentation.
16. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Size Reduction 2 2
2 Mixing Process I 2 2
3 Mixing II 2 2
4 Drying 2 2
5 Evaporation 2 2
6 Crystallization I 2 2
7 Crystallization II 2 2
8 Filtration I 2 2
9 Filtration II 2 2
10 CGMP I 2 2
11 CGMP II 2 2
12 CGMP III 2 2
Note: For ECTS calculation, the academic teaching hour equals to 45 minutes

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 278
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 Theory & Practice of Industrial Pharmacy by Lechman, L. ; Libberman, H.A. and Kanig, J.L.
, 1986
 Pharmaceutical Dosage forms : Tablets Vol. 1 by : Herbert A. Lieberman, Leon Lachman,
and Joseph B. Schwartz

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 10%
Project 20%
Mid-term 20%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a hard copy in the copy center and as a soft
copy on GUC intranet to be presented to students during lecture sessions including
animations.

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Samar Holayel
E- Mail samar.mansour@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Room number B5-134

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 279
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Quality Assurance PHTC 941

A-Basic Information
Semester number Ninth semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Technology
Specialization Quality Assurance
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week One Lecture/ Two weeks
Student workload 40 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 1 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

The course provides a through in depth understanding of the total control of quality for each lot
of drug product manufactured. Students will be able to excuse quality assurance system for raw
material, in –process, complete processing, packaging line, finished product and stability monitoring,
besides gives a general overview of quality assurance and quality control systems.
This course also offers in depth understanding of compendia requirements for weight variation,
content uniformity, disintegration time etc.
An emphasis is also given on reviewing the quality guidance on raw materials: sampling.
Microbial limit, specification etc. and gaining an increased understanding of environmental control
and sanitation, in addition to dosage form, manufacturing and finally, cleaning procedures for
processing equipments.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 280
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Course learning outcomes of the theoretical part:


By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define and list the quality assurance system for raw materials, complete processing and the
in-process testing in addition to recognizing the compendial requirements and quality guidance
of the compression process
2. Discuss the principles of validation master plan, validation procedures, cleaning validation,
proper documentation for the raw materials, sources & control of microbial contamination as
well as sanitation, disinfection, sterilization methods & microbiological QC of pharmaceutical
products.
3. Enumerate the different types of validations and apply validation protocols for cleaning
process.

Professional & Practical skills


4. Employ the proper pharmaceutical & medical terms, abbreviations & symbols
used in pharmaceutical industry .
5. Monitor & control microbial growth in the manufacturing areas for sterile dosage forms
6. Apply validation protocols for cleaning, raw materials and equipments.
7. Explain the regulatory affairs concerning the cleaning criteria.
8. Using different Glossary of some industrial terms.
9. Compendial requirement for the in-process and finished product specifications for solid
dosage forms.
10. Describe the manufacturing environment control (physical, personnel etc.)

Intellectual skills
11. Analysis qualitatively & quantitatively the analytical & biological methods for QC
& assay of raw materials as well as pharmaceutical preparations
12. Interpretation of the data obtained from the validation of the raw materials and analysis this
data according to the predetermined specifications for production of safe & effective medicines.
13. Auditing the validation protocols for cleaning, raw materials and equipments.
14. Interpretation of the data obtained from the validation processes and analysis this data
according to the predetermined specifications for production of safe & effective medicines.
15. Detect & control possible cross contamination during manufacturing process.

General skills
16. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources to improve professional
competencies.
17. Work effectively in team.
18. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 281
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to the Quality Assurance System 2 2
2 Quality Assurance System for In-Process and Complete processing 2 2
3 Control Chart for Compression Process 2 2
4 Validation Master Plan 2 2
5 Cleaning Validation 2 2
6 Aseptic processing Overview 2 2

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures

References
Recommended textbook
 Pharmaceutical Process Validation, by Ira R. Berry and Robert Nash, Marcel Dekker, Inc.
1993
 Pharmaceutical Dosage forms : Tablets Vol. 1 by : Herbert A. Lieberman, Leon Lachman,
and Joseph B. Schwartz 1990

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Mid-term 40%
Final 60%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of lecture presentations on the intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions with animations

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 282
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Haidy Atef Abass
E- Mail Haidy.abass@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext
Room number

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 283
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Legislation of Pharmacy Law PHTC 051

A-Basic Information
Semester number Tenth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Technology
Specialization Legislation of pharmacy law
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week One Lecture/ Two weeks
Student workload 60 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 2 CP

B- Professional Information
Aims

The whole course is discussing; the authorized trafficking of narcotic drugs and plants
according to strict regulations and legal methods are described, the steps taken to be a documented
pharmacist registered in the ministry of health and the syndicate of pharmacists are explained, the
ethical regulations for treating colleagues, physicians and people as well as the relation with the
syndicate are explained. The disciplinary measures in case of violation of ethical regulations are
clarified and a brief description is given for the different available pharmaceutical establishments and
the general and specific regulations for each.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define the general rules of; narcotic prescriptions and preparations affecting psychological
conditions, pharmaceutical establishments, sanitary and technical specifications in medicinal
factories, and the ethical rules of the registration in the ministry of health and the syndicate of
pharmacists.
2. List; penalties for unauthorized trafficking of narcotics, penalties for adulteration and wrong
recording of narcotic charge, regulations for pharmaceutical companies, the steps to be
followed for the registration in the ministry of health and the syndicate of pharmacists and the
ethical rules and penalties of their violation.

Professional & Practical skills


3. Use the important definitions related to industrial production of pharmaceutical products.
4. Maintain public awareness on the use and abuse of the narcotic drugs.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 284
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

5. Advice patients and health care professionals about; the precautions to be taken on dealing
with the narcotic prescriptions, the steps needed for getting a license for a pharmaceutical
establishment, the procedures to be taken for dispensing drugs affecting psychological
conditions, the registration of new pharmaceutical products,the legal steps in the use of raw
materials, finished and un finished products.
6. Apply the steps to get a license for practicing pharmacy profession, and the rules and ethics
of the syndicate, avoid the regulatory disciplinary measures.

Intellectual skills
7. Differentiate between the related terms.

General skills
8. Adopt ethical, legal & safety guidelines in dispensing, trafficking and prescribing the narcotic
drugs prescriptions, in dealing with the drugs affecting psychological conditions, in
maintaining good pharmacy practice in pharmaceutical companies, and in the communication
with syndicate and in dealing with the members of the pharmacy profession, as well as
patients.

Topics covered in the course (course content):


No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture
1 Regulation of Narcotic Trafficking in Egypt. 2
2 Dealing with different types of narcotic prescriptions and 2
preparations affecting psychological conditions.
3 Penalties for unauthorized trafficking of narcotics, for adulteration 2
and wrong recording of narcotic charge.
4 Pharmaceutical establishments: types, general rules and special rules 2
for each.
5 Sanitary and technical specifications in medicinal factories 2
regulations for pharmaceutical companies.
6 Registration in the ministry of health and syndicate of pharmacists 2
and the ethical rules and penalties of their violation.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 285
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Materials
 Lecture notes and internet resources.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Mid- term 50%
Final Exam 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi

Administrative Information
Course Coordinator Dr. Nagia Naguib Afifi
E- Mail nagia.afifi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2198
Room number B5-118

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 286
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Electives offered by
Pharmaceutical Chemistry
department

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 287
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Instrumental Analysis II PHCM 662

A-Basic Information
Semester number 6th semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year 3rd year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Specialization Instrumental Analysis
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture/week,1 Tutorial biweekly
Student workload 120
Credit points (ECTS) 4 CP

B- Professional Information

Theoretical Part of Instrumental Analysis II PHCM 662

Aims
This course aims to introduce aspects some advanced features related to what has been
taught in the prerequisite course PHCM561 (Instrumental Analysis I) – that is, the
measurement of chemical systems based on their chemical or physical properties using
instruments. Throughout the course, the principles underlying gas chromatography
hyphenated to mass spectrometry, electroanalytical methods such as potentiometry,
electrogravimetry analysis, coulometry, amperometry, voltammetry, and polarography.
Selected experiments that demonstrate the application of these principles will be performed
in the laboratory during the second semester in the practical course. The course is of value
for pharmacists who will work in research and development sector of pharmaceutical and
chemical industry as well as research institutions.

learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define and describe the various techniques and instruments‘ components used in instrumental
analysis.
2. List the applications of various instruments and identify their advantages and disadvantages
compared to the other instruments.
3. Specify the principles of isolation, analysis and standardization methods of various
instruments.
4. Interpret charts, and use the specified equations for calculating and analyzing the unknown
concentrations.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 288
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

6.
Professional & Practical skills
7. Use the proper definitions, abbreviations & symbols involving mass spectrometry and the
other instrumental analysis techniques.
8. Analyze the results obtained from the analysis of the different compounds.

Intellectual skills
9. Select the appropriate methods of identification & standardization of various substances.

General skills
10. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means in the tutorial to show his solution to the
assignment.
11. Retrieve & evaluate several advanced application are and the rest can be investigated based
on the gained information.
12. Use numeracy, calculation & suitable internet databases as well as information technology
tools.
13. Practice independent learning needed for continuous professional development via exploring
the websites indicated in the lecture slides and via having extra readings.
14. Adopt ethical and legal guidelines; students can use the lecture slides as a role model for
preparing notes with proper referencing.
15. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving abilities via solving extra problems in the
tutorial regarding the different applications in measurement of different samples.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Fundamentals of mass Spectrometry 2 2
2 Applications of mass spectrometry 2 2
3 Advanced mass spectrometry 2
4 Fundamentals of Electrochemistry 2
5 Electrometric Methods of Analysis 2 2
6 Electrometric Methods of Analysis (cont.) 2 2
7 Non - potentiometric methods of analysis 2 2
8 Non - potentiometric methods of analysis, cont 1. 2 2
9 Non - potentiometric methods of analysis, cont 2. 2
10 Quality Assurance 2

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, assignments and tutorials.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 289
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Assignment 10%
Quizzes (2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 25%
Final exam 45%

References
Recommended textbook
 Principles of Instrumental Analysis, Skoog, Holler, Nieman
 Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Daniel C. Harris
Materials
 PowerPoint presentation of Lectures and tutorials on students ‗intranet.
Relevant web sites
 http://www.chemguide.co.uk/analysismenu
 http://bcs.whfreeman.com/qca/

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Rasha Sayed Hanafi
E- Mail rasha.hanafi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2210
Room number B5-101

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 290
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutical chemistry I PHCM 571

A-Basic Information

Semester number Fifth semester


Semester type Winter semester
Study year Third year
Department offering the Pharmaceutical Chemistry
course
Specialization Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week
Student workload 160 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information

Course aims

Pharmaceutical Chemistry is a specific pharmaceutical subject representing the link


between chemical and biological disciplines. Its task is to provide students with a complex
understanding of drug chemistry. The drugs are studied from the point of view of their
rational selection and preparation, quality criteria, structure-affinity/activity- and structure
metabolism relationships yielding a certain pharmacodynamic/pharmacokinetic as well as
therapeutic profile. The brief information concerning mechanisms of drug action covered in
this subject forms the basis of a more profound study of this topic in pharmacology.
In the first part of this lecture series (Pharmaceutical Chemistry I), the students are
introduced into the general terminology necessary to understand the various drug
characteristics. In addition to a brief introduction into the fields of drug discovery and
development, physicochemical properties of drug-like molecules, ligand-receptor
interactions, drug metabolism, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics, selected specific
therapeutic groups are discussed (chemotherapeutic agents: sulfonamides, quinolones,
penicillins, cephalosporins, aminoglycosides, tetracyclines etc.)

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 291
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:
Knowledge & Understanding
1. Describe the role and objectives of Pharmaceutical/Medicinal Chemistry within Pharmaceutical
Sciences.
2. Recognize the physicochemical properties of different drug molecules based on knowing the
typical functional groups present in drug molecules.
3. Define different phases of drug discovery and development, know different sources of lead
compounds, and understand the prodrug concept for drug development.
4. Define and understand the pharmaceutical, pharmacokinetic, and pharmacodynamic phase of
drug action, therapeutic use, and adverse effects.
5. Tell the differences between phase I, II, and III of clinical trials, and know the criteria for drugs
approval.

Professional & Practical skills


6. Use pharmaceutical terms, abbreviations, and symbols related to Physical Chemistry.
7. Design the synthesis, conduct the steps of qualitative and quantitative analysis, and identify
various pharmaceutical compounds.
8. Assess the possible dangers resulting from drug interactions occurring during co-administration
of different drugs and advise the public on the appropriate use and adverse effects of various
drugs.
9. Design the synthesis, the analytical methods of determination, the identification reactions, and the
prodrugs structures' of various pharmaceutical compounds.
10. Predict possible drug-receptor interactions based on the molecular structure of a drug.
11. Predict metabolic stability of a drug with a given structure.
12. Illustrate the structural characteristics (pharmacophore), and predict structure-activity
relationships of various pharmaceutical products.
13. Assess the relative acidity and basicity of functional groups in drugs.

Intellectual skills
14. Assess the adverse effects of various pharmaceutical compounds.
15. Classify the functional groups of drugs.
16. Assess and calculate the %-ionization of functional groups of drugs at pH values of different
body fluids (stomach, ileum, duodenum, blood, urine).
17. Compare the relative lipophilicity and hydrophilicity of drugs.
18. Distinguish between different phases of drug discovery and development.
19. Compare the strength of drug action based on binding constants and EC50-values.
20. Distinguish between drug affinity and intrinsic activity.
21. Conclude how particular structure modifications affect the half-life of drugs in terms of
metabolism.
22. Apply the prodrug concept to design drugs with improved absorption and bioavailability.

General skills
23. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means through discussing the answers to a list of
questions/problems in the tutorial.
24. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources to improve professional competencies
such as usage of the text book and the internet to retrieve information.
25. Work effectively in team during solving the assignment.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 292
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

26. Implement writing skills by preparing the assignment report.


27. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision-making abilities related to
assignments and tutorial discussions.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemistry Part 1 2 2
2 Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemistry Part 2 2 2
3 Drug Metabolism Part 1 2 2
4 Drug Metabolism Part 2, Prodrugs 2 2
5 Introduction to Antibacterial Drugs, Sulfonamides 2 2
6 Antibacterial drugs acting on DNA (quinolones, nitrofuranes, 2 2
nitroimidazoles)
7 Macrolide and lincosamide antibiotics, chloramphenicol 2 2
8 Aminoglycoside antibiotics 2 2
9 Tetracyclines, oxazolidinones, polypeptides, and polymyxines 2 2
10 Penicillin antibiotics part 1 2 2
11 Penicillin antibiotics part 2 2 2
12 Cephalosporin and monobactam antibiotics 2 2

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments.

References
Recommended textbook
 Foye. (2008) ‗Principles of Medicinal Chemistry‘, 6 ed.
th

 Wilson and Gisvold´s. (2011) ‗Organic Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry‘ 12


th

ed.
Materials
 Power point presentations and PDFs of the lecture and tutorial, list of questions discussed in
tutorial; all material posted on the GUC intranet.
Relevant websites
 www.home.cr.duq.edu/~harrold.com
 www.kubinyi.de

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes ( best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 30%
Project 10%
Final exam 40%

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 293
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of lectures presentations on the GUC intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Darius Paul Zlotos
E- Mail darius.zlotos@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2197
Room number B5.102

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 294
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutical Chemistry II PHCM 672

A-Basic Information
Semester number Sixth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Sixth year
Department offering the Pharmaceutical Chemistry
course
Specialization Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week
Student workload 160 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Course aims for the theoretical part of the course:
The course is a continuation of the Pharmaceutical Chemistry I course covering
the following therapeutic groups: antimycobacterial drugs, antiprotozoal agents,
antifungal drugs, antihelmintics, anticancer drugs, antiviral agents, and cholinergic
drugs. The structures, physicochemical properties, pharmacological action, molecular
mechanism of action, structure-activity relationships, metabolism, synthesis, and
principles of analysis of the most important drugs belonging to a particular therapeutic
group are discussed.

Learning outcomes of the theoretical part of the course:

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize the physichochemical properties of diverse drugs.
2. Specify the methods of synthesis, as well as the methods of qualitative and quantitative analysis
of diverse drugs.
3. Describe the design of diverse drugs.
4. Discuss the mechanism of action, therapeutic use, and adverse effects of various drugs.

Professional & Practical skills


5. Use pharmaceutical terms related to Pharmaceutical Chemistry.
6. Design and carry out the synthesis of various drugs.
7. Advise the public on the appropriate use and adverse effects of various drugs.
8. Predict structure-activity relationships, the metabolism, the structural characteristics, and the
toxicity of various drugs.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 295
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Intellectual skills
9. Design the synthesis of selected pharmaceutical compounds and the method of qualitative and
quantitative analysis especially for the uncoating inhibitors.
10. Assess the adverse effects of various drugs.

General skills
11. Communicate clearly by verbal & written means through discussing the answers to a list of
questions/problems in the tutorial.
12. Retrieve & evaluate information from different sources to improve professional competencies
such as the usage of the text book and the internet to retrieve the information.
13. Work effectively in team during solving the assignment.
14. Implement writing skills by preparing the assignment report
15. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision-making abilities related to assignment
and tutorial discussions.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Antitubercular and antileprotic drugs 2 2
2 Antimalarial drugs 2 2
3 Antiprotozoal drugs 2 2
4 Antifungal drugs 2 2
5 Antihelmintic drugs 2 2
6 Anticancer agents part 1(introduction to cancer chemotherapy, 2 2
alkylating agents)
7 Anticancer agents part 2 (antibiotics and mitosis inhibitors) 2 2
8 Anticancer agents part 3 (organoplatinum complexes, 2 2
nitrosoureas, hormones, and protein kinase inhibitors)
9 Anticancer agents part 4 (antimetabolites) 2 2
10 Antiviral agents part 1 (uncoating inhibitors, neuraminidase 2 2
inhibitors, antiherpesvirus agents, antihepatitis agents)
11 Antiviral agents part 2 (anti-HIV drugs) 2 2
12 Cholinergic drugs (muscarinic agonists, antagonists, 2 2
neuromuscular-blocking agents)

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials, project & assignments.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 296
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

References
Recommended textbook
 Foye´s(2008). ‗Principles of Medicinal Chemistry‘, 6th ed.
 Wilson and Gisvold (2011). ‗Textbook of Organic Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry‘,
12th ed.
Materials
 Power point presentations and PDFs of the lecture and tutorial, list of questions discussed in
tutorial; all material posted on the GUC intranet
Relevant web sites
 www.who.int/topics/en/

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Project 10%
Quizzes ( best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 30%
Final exam 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers
 Availability of Power point presentations and PDFs of lectures and tutorials, and the
software needed on the GUC intranet, and they are used for presenting to students during
lecture and tutorial sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Dr. Darius Paul Zlotos
E- Mail darius.zlotos@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2197
Room number B5.102

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 297
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutical Chemistry III PHCM 773

A-Basic Information
Semester number Seventh semester
Semester type Winter semester
Study year Fourth year
Department offering the Pharmaceutical Chemistry
course
Specialization Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week
Student workload 160 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information

Theoretical Part of Pharmaceutical Chemistry III PHCM 773

Course aims
Lectures will cover the theoretical aspects related to agents adopted for the treatment
of various cardiovascular and central nervous system (CNS) disorders e.g. antihypertensive
agents, antianginal agents, antiarrhythmics, CNS stimulants and CNS depressants. Topics of
discussion will include the chemical and biological properties of such class of compounds,
structure activity relationships, molecular modes of action, and methods of synthesis,
purification as well as their principles of analysis. The course is useful to those who will
work in the R&D sector of a pharmaceutical company or research institute. Also, the course
is useful to those working in marketing by providing an overview to the pharmaceutical class
rather than individual drugs.

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Illustrate the specific pathways of drug metabolism.
2. Recognize the theoretical concepts and methodology of different principles of drug design
(Structure-based/ Ligand-based).
3. Recognize the activity & toxicity profile of various drugs, deduced from their structure &
metabolism.
4. Identify the various properties of the studied drug classes, including mechanisms of actions,
therapeutic uses, dosage, contra-indications and drug interactions.
5. Specify the properties of medicinal substances and their relation to chemical structure
including the relationship between physicochemical properties and activity of various drugs.
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 298
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

6. Identify the different synthetic and analytical techniques of therapeutic drugs.

Professional & Practical skills


7. Use the proper pharmaceutical & medical terms, abbreviations & symbols in pharmaceutical
chemistry practice.

Intellectual skills
8. Correlate between essential pharmacophoric features of drugs and their activity (Structure-
Activity Relationship), safety/toxicity profile.
9. Select the appropriate methods of synthesis, purification, and identification of active drugs.
10. Implement the pharmacological basis of therapeutics in the proper selection and use of drugs
in various disease conditions.
11. Optimize the activity/minimize the side effects of a given drug, propose approaches for the
design of novel medicinal agents, and suggest suitable dosage forms based on the chemical
features of drugs.
12. Comprehend and apply GLP guidelines in practical work practice.

General skills
13. Communicate clearly by verbal means through tutorial discussions, and implement writing
skills through taking notes in lectures and tutorials.
14. Recognize his/her independent study skills needed for continuing professional development.
15. Retrieve and evaluate information from different sources, and take the responsibility for
gaining new knowledge and skills.
16. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem-solving and decision making regarding the activity,
suitable use and delivery route of each drug.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Overview to Cardiovascular System and Antihypertensive Drugs 2 2
(Alpha2 Agonists, Alpha1 Blockers)
2 CVS Acting Drugs (Beta Blockers), Nomenclature & Assay of 2 2
selected members.
3 CVS Acting Drugs (Classes: Amine Depletors, Ganglionic 2 2
Blockers, Direct Vasodilators, ACE inhibitors, AT1 blockers)
4 CVS Acting Drugs (Classes: Calcium-Channel Blockers, Diuretics), 2 2
Nomenclature and Assay of selected members.
5 CVS Acting Drugs (Classes: Anti-Anginal agents, Anti-Arrythmic 2 2
agents)
6 CVS Acting Drugs (Classes: Antihyperlipidemic Drugs) 2 2
7 Overview to Blood Coagulation, and Heart Contraction ( 2 2
Haemostatic agents, Anticoagulants, and Cardiotonic agents)
8 Overview to Central Nervous System and Drugs affecting it 2 2
(Sedatives and Hypnotics particularly barbiturates, aldehydes,
alcohols and benzodiazepines )
9 Central Skeletal Muscle Relaxants, Anticonvulsants, Antipsychotics 2 2
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 299
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

10 Antipsychotics, Antiparkinson‘s, Antialzhimer 2 2


11 General Anesthetics, Local Anesthetic 2 2
12 Session: 12. Drugs affecting Serotonin 2 2

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures and tutorials

References
Recommended textbook
 John Wiley & Sons, (2004). ‗Chemoinformatics: A Textbook‘, Gasteiger J. (Editor), Engel
T. (Editor): ISBN 3-527-30681-1
Recommended further reading
 Foye, (2008). ‗Principles of Medicinal Chemistry‘, 6th edn.
 Silvermann,‗The Organic Chemistry of Drug design & drug action‘
Materials
 PowerPoint presentations and PDF s of the lecture and tutorials.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20% ( best 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term exam 30% 30%
Final exam 50% 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers
 Availability of Power point presentations and PDFs of lectures and tutorials, and the
software needed on the GUC intranet, and they are used for presenting to students during
lecture and tutorial sessions

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Ashraf Abadi
E- Mail ashraf.abadi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2216
Room number B5-106

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 300
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmaceutical Chemistry IV PHCM 874

A-Basic Information
Semester number Eighth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Fourth year
Department offering the Pharmaceutical Chemistry
course
Specialization Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week
Student workload 160 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information

Aims
Lectures will cover the theoretical aspects related to agents used as antidepressants,
antihistamines, antidiabetics, sympathomimetics, vitamins, analgesics and hormones. Topics of
discussion will include the chemical and biological properties of such classes of compounds,
structure-activity relationships, molecular modes of action, methods of synthesis, purification as well
as their principles of analysis. The course is useful to those who will work in the R&D sector of a
pharmaceutical company or research institute. Also, the course is useful to those working in
marketing by providing an overview to the pharmaceutical class rather than individual drugs.

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize the specific pathways of drug metabolism.
2. Explain the theoretical concepts and methodology of different principles of drug design
(Structure-based/ Ligand-based).
3. Recognize the basic physiology and pathology of various body systems in health and disease
states.
4. Explain the activity & toxicity profile of various drugs, deduced from their structure &
metabolism.
5. Identify various properties of the studied drug classes, including mechanisms of actions,
therapeutic uses, dosage, contra-indications and drug interactions.
6. Identify the properties of medicinal substances and their relation to chemical structure including
the relationship between physicochemical properties and activity of various drugs.
7. Identify the different synthetic and analytical techniques of therapeutic drugs.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 301
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Professional & Practical skills


8. Use the proper pharmaceutical & medical terms, abbreviations & symbols in pharmaceutical
chemistry practice.

Intellectual skills
9. Correlate between essential pharmacophoric features of drugs and their activity (Structure-
Activity Relationship), safety/toxicity profile.
10. Select the appropriate methods of synthesis, purification, and identification of active drugs.
11. Implement the pharmacological basis of therapeutics in the proper selection and use of drugs in
various disease conditions.
12. Optimize the activity/minimize the side effects of a given drug, propose approaches for the design
of novel medicinal agents, and suggest suitable dosage forms based on the chemical features of
drugs.
13. Comprehend and apply GLP guidelines in practical work practice.

General skills
14. Communicate clearly by verbal means through tutorial discussions, and implement writing skills
through taking notes in lectures and tutorials.
15. Recognize his/her independent study skills needed for continuing professional development.
16. Retrieve and evaluate information from different sources, and take the responsibility for gaining
new knowledge and skills.
17. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem-solving and decision making regarding the activity,
suitable use and delivery route of each drug.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Antidepressants (Introduction, Classes: MAOIs, TCAs, SSRIs, 2 2
SNRIs) & Principles of Green Chemistry.
2 CNS Stimulants, Central & Peripheral Sympathomimetics. 2 2
3 Mucolytic agents, Antihistaminics (H1 antagonists) 2 2
4 Antidiabetics & Artificial Sweetening Agents, Antiulcer drugs (H2 2 2
Antagonists).
5 Antiulcer Drugs (PPIs & Miscellaneous class), Life Style Drugs 2 2
6 NSAIDs (Overview, non-selective COX Inhibitors) 2 2
7 Selective COX2 Inhibitors, DMARDs, Antigout Drugs 2 2
8 Narcotic Analgesics and Water Soluble Vitamins 2 2
9 Fat Soluble Vitamins and Introduction to Hormones (Thyroid gland 2 2
Hormones)
10 Antidepressants (Introduction, Classes: MAOIs, TCAs, SSRIs, 2 2
SNRIs) & Principles of Green Chemistry.
11 CNS Stimulants, Central & Peripheral Sympathomimetics. 2 2
12 Mucolytic agents, Antihistaminics (H1 antagonists) 2 2

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 302
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials, & assignments.

References
Recommended textbook
 Wilson & Gisvold, (2011). ‗Textbook of Organic, Medicinal & Pharmaceutical Chemistry‘.
Recommended further reading
 Foye, ‗Principles of Medicinal Chemistry‘.
 ‗The Organic Chemistry of Drug design & drug action‘.

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term exam 30%
Assignment 10%
Final exam 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers
 Availability of Power point presentations and PDFs of lectures and tutorials, and the
software needed on the GUC intranet, and they are used for presenting to students during
lecture and tutorial sessions

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Ashraf Abadi
E- Mail ashraf.abadi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2216
Room number B5-106

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 303
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Drug Design PHCM 081

A-Basic Information
Semester number Tenth semester
Semester type Spring semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the Pharmaceutical Chemistry
course
Specialization Drug Design
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture/week, 1 Tutorial/week
Student workload 140 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information
Theoretical Part of Drug Design PHCM 081
Aims
The aim of the Drug Design Course is to provide an overview over the various recent
techniques of Drug Design, Drug Discovery and Molecular Modeling, including: Molecular
Mechanics, semi empirical and ab-initio quantum mechanics, Pharmacophore based Lead
structure search, Quantitative Structure Activity Relationships, Protein Structure
Visualization and Ligand – Receptor Docking. The course is related in part to some of the
principles partly studied in Physical Chemistry and Pharmaceutical Chemistry courses. The
practical and theoretical part of the Drug Design course is correlated. The course enables the
student to understand and evaluate the use of the appropriate computerized module in drug
discovery and its importance. The course is of value for those going to work in the Research
and Development sector of a pharmaceutical/ or biotechnological company or in a drug
discovery research institution.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 304
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning outcomes

By the end of the theoretical part, the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize the principles and basics of drug design, pharmacophore models, isosterism of
pharmaceutical compounds, quantum mechanical calculations, drug design modeling
techniques and molecular docking of lignads.
2. Explain the influence of physicochemical properties on predicting a compound‘s ADME /
Tox. properties, and know the effect of the molecular conformation on changing the
physicochemical properties.
3. Discuss the principles of drug design, & development including the methods of preserving
and altering the activity by modifying or replacing the important groups for displaying the
activity.
4. Recognize the principles of pharmacokinetics with applications in drug discovery process.
5. Relate pharmacological properties of drugs including mechanisms of actions, therapeutic
uses, and relationship between pose score and activity to pharmacophoric features.
6. Recognize the toxic profile of drugs & other xenobiotics and methods to suppress such
toxicity by isosterism.
7. Repeat the methods of mathematical analysis, quantum calculations & pharmaceutical
calculations as apparent in studying the scoring function and its important parameters.
8. Illustrate techniques used in drug design including crystallography.

Professional & Practical skills


9. Use the proper pharmaceutical terms, abbreviations & symbols in drug design.
10. Select the most stable conformers based on understanding the concept of potential energy
surface.
11. Assess Pharmacokinetics/ Pharmacodynamics and safety profiles of different drug
candidates.

Intellectual skills
12. Apply the principles of drug design cycle, and potential energy surface on modern drug
discovery process.
13. Select & assess the appropriate method for identification of protein‘s 3D structure.
14. Apply the principles of cheminformatics, protein chemistry and computer aided tools in drug
design.
15. Apply various principles of statistics, mathematics and chemistry to determine the
characteristics of drugs and drug-like molecules.
16. Select and assess the mathematical equation that best correlate the chosen descriptors to the
property of interest.
17. Analyze & interpret activities of drugs as well as published literature and use worked
examples to demonstrate the importance of ligand based design.
18. Analyze & evaluate evidence- based information needed in drug design practice
including solving worked examples.

General skills
19. Communicate clearly by verbal means through the tutorials‘ discussions.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 305
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

20. Retrieve and evaluate information from different sources to improve professional
competencies. (Self study coordinate system).
21. Use statistical methods & information technology tools including quantum mechanics to
solve especially logical problems as in Heisenberg uncertainty principles via the use of visual
aids.
22. Practice independent learning needed for further understanding of course material via
referring to the recommended text book.
23. Demonstrate creativity by simulating the principle of QSAR as a puzzle (Introductory QSAR
puzzle).
24. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem-solving and decision making regarding the application
of thermodynamics rules.
25. Evaluate critically the protein‘s 3D structure.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to Drug Design 2 2
2 Potential Energy Surface and Force Fields 2 2
3 Principles of Quantum mechanics 2 2
4 Quantitative Structure Activity Relationship 2 2
5 Pharmacophore models 2 2
6 Protein Structure Determination 2 2
7 Structure Modifications to Increase Potency and Therapeutic 2 2
Index
8 Molecular Docking 2 2
9 Pharmacokinetics and Drug Design 2 2

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures and tutorials

References
Recommended textbook
 John Wiley & Sons. (2004)―Chemoinformatics: A Textbook‖ Gasteiger J. (Editor), Engel T.
(Editor), ISBN 3-527-30681-1

Recommended further reading


 Errol Lewers: Computational Chemistry -Edition 1 ISBN: 1402074220

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 306
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Quizzes ( 2 out of 3) 20%
Mid- term 30%
Final 50%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers
 Availability of Power point presentations and PDFs of lectures and tutorials, and the
software needed on the GUC intranet, and they are used for presenting to students during
lecture and tutorial sessions

C- Administrative Information
Head of the department
Prof. Dr. Nazih Noureldin

Course coordinator contact information


Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Ashraf Abadi
E- Mail ashraf.abadi@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2216
Room number B5-106

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 307
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Electives offered by
Pharmaceutical Biology
department

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 308
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Pharmacognacy II PHBL 511

A-Basic Information

Semester number Fifth semester


Semester type Winter semester
Study year Third year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Biology
Specialization Pharmacognacy
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ week,
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5CP

B- Professional Information

Aim

The course aids in equipping students with necessary information on herbal drugs, including
their macroscopic and microscopic characters, their main active constituents (types and names), their
indications or recommended uses, any precautions or side effects, together with tips in formulating a
herbal remedy to complement the effects of the main component or to prevent an undesirable side
effect.

The course covers herbal drugs belonging to leaves, flowers, herbs, barks, woods, fruits and
subterranean organs. In the lab part of the course, the student acquires the experience to identify
herbal drugs, both in entire, coarse powdered or fine powdered, using sensory, macroscopic and
microscopic examination.

At the end of the course, the student should be able to identify a given herbal powder as to its
component(s) and whether it is a single or a multi-component herbal remedy.

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 309
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Learning outcomes
By the end of the theoretical part the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Recognize herbal drugs and phytopharmaceuticals and their medicinal indications and
limitations

2. List of different uses of ―Alternative and Complementary Medicine‖, including herbal


medicine.
3. Discuss the pharmacological properties of herbal drugs, including mechanisms of actions,
therapeutic uses, suitable dosage forms, contraindications, ADRs & drug interactions

Professional & Practical skills


4. Apply and judge the concept of safety of herbal remedies and phytopharmaceuticals in the
selection of appropriate medications to a given patient
5. Apply qualitative analytical methods for QC & analysis of raw materials as well as
pharmaceutical preparations, in addition to selecting a method to prove the identity and
quality of herbal drugs.
6. Utilize the pharmacological basis of therapeutics in the proper selection & use of
drugs in various disease conditions by choosing and selecting the best herbal treatment for
patients suffering from different mild diseases
7. Assess drug interactions, ADRs & pharmacovigilance

Intellectual skills
8. Use proper pharmaceutical & medical terms, abbreviations & symbols in pharmacy practice
as related to herbal drugs and phytopharmaceuticals.
9. Proper dose, limitations, drug interactions and contra-indications of herbal medicines.
10. Assess the Proper dose, limitations, drug interactions and contra-indications of various
herbal medicines.
11. Identify, determine the purity, and / or standardize different herbs.

General skills
12. Communicate clearly pertinent data related to herbal medicines to patients and to other
members of the health care team.
13. Adopt ethical, legal & safety guidelines in the use of herbal medicines.
14. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem-solving & decision-making abilities, through the
selection of the best herbal treatment for patients suffering from different mild diseases

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 310
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction and Monographs of leaves (Mint, Melissa, Senna) 2 2
2 Introduction and Monographs of leaves (Mallow, Coltsfoot, 2 2
Eucalyptus)
3 Monographs of Leaves and Flowers (Ginkgo, Artemisia, 2 2
Marshmallow, Hawthorn, Chamomile, Lime, Cowslip)
4 Monographs of Flowers (Hops, St.John's wort, Goldenrod, 2 2
Equisteum )
5 Monographs of Herbs (Mistletoe, Centaury, Wormwood, Greater 2 2
Celandine, Yarrow, Roselle, Arnica, Calendula)
6 Monographs of leaves and Herbs (Tea, Mate, Belladonna, 2 2
Stramonium, Egyptian Henban, European Henban, Datura, Digitalis
purpurea, Digitalis lanata)
7 Monographs of barks (Willow, Frangula, Oak, Cinchona) 2 2
8 Monographs of barks and wood (Cinnamon, Cascara, Quillaja, 2 2
Quassia)
9 Monographs of Subterranean Organs (Marshmallow, Gentain, 2 2
Ginseng, Valerian, Liquorice, Ginger)
10 Monographs of Fruits (Aniseed, Star anise, Bitter Fennel, Sweet 2 2
Fennel, Cayenne pepper, Milk Thistle)
11 Monographs of Seeds (Linseed, Fenugreek, Black cumin, Psyllium) 2 2

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 Herbal drugs and phytopharmaceuticals, Wichtl, M., editor, Medpharm Scientific Publisher,
2004
 Fundamentals of Pharmacognosy and Phytotherapy, Heinrich, M. Barness, J. Gibbons, S.,
and Williamson, E.M., Churchill Livingstone, 2004

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Participation 10%
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 311
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

Administrative Information
Head of the department Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy
Course Coordinator Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy
E- Mail mahmoud.el-olemy@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2195
Room number B5-130

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 312
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Phytochemistry I PHBL 621

A-Basic Information

Semester number Sixth Semester


Semester type Spring
Study year Third Year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical biology
Specialization Phytochemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ week
Student workload 150 hours
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information

Aims

The course covers the chemistry and biology of natural products; carbohydrates, anthraquinone
glycosides, Cardiac glycosides, Saponins, Falvonoids, Glucosinolates, Cyanogenic glycosides, Bitter
principles, Plant polyphenols, and their applications in therapeutics. This course is designed to deal
with different classes of 2ry metabolites. Thus; the course covers different methods of preparation,
isolation and identification of these compounds from their natural sources by chemical and
chromatographic methods as well as their application in medicine and pharmaceutical industries. In
addition, special emphasis on the biosynthesis of the different classes was also concerned.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Give an account on the chemistry, biological activity of carbohydrates, glycosides, tannins, bitter
principles
2. Describe the mechanism of action of these biologically active components and their structure
activity relationship
3. Explain a method for separation the biologically active principles from their extract
4. Recognize or draw the chemical structures of such biologically active compounds
Professional & Practical skills
5. Use and design methods to separate biologically active secondary metabolites from plant
extracts
6. Perform experiments for the detection of the biologically active secondary metabolites

Intellectual skills
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 313
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

7. Analyze plant extract


8. Identify their biologically active constituents by different bio-chemical methods.
9. Design and perform chromatographic technique for isolation of biologically active compounds
from their natural sources

General skills
10. Work effectively in team.
11. Demonstrate written and oral communication skills.
12. Adopt ethical, legal & safety guidelines.

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 The carbohydrates 2 2
2 Drugs containing compounds metabolically related to sugars 2 2
3 Sugars and Sugar Containing Drugs 2 2
4 Drugs containing carbohydrates 2 2
5 Drugs containing carbohydrates 2 2
6 Glycosides 2 2
7 Phenolic glycosides 2 2
8 Flavonoid glycoside 2 2
9 Chalcone glycosides 2 2
10 Saponins 2 2
11 Bitter Principles 2 2
12 Plant Polyphenolics: Chemistry and Biology 2 2

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 Herbal Drugs and Phytopharmaceuticals(Max Witchel, Third edition, Medpharm, General
part chapter, p.XVII-XLIII,)
Recommended for reading
 Medicinal Plants of the world

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 314
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Participation 5%
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be presented to
students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Prof. Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy

Course coordinator Administrative Information


Course Coordinator Dr. Nahla Ayoub
E- Mail nahla.ayoub@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2195
Room number B6-208

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 315
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Phytochemistry II PHBL 722

A-Basic Information

Semester number Seventh Semester


Semester type Winter
Study year Forth Year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical biology
Specialization Phytochemistry
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions/ week 1 Lecture/ week ,1 Tutorial/ week
Student workload 150 hours
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information

Aims

The course covers the chemistry of natural products; essential oils and alkaloids, and their
applications in therapeutics. Thus; the course covers different methods of preparation, isolation
and identification of these compounds from their natural sources by chemical and
chromatographic methods as well as their application in medicine and pharmaceutical
industries. In addition, special emphasis on the biosynthesis of the different classes is also
concerned.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Give an account on the chemistry, biological activity of alkaloids and volatile oils.
2. Describe the mechanism of action of these biologically active components (Alkaloids and
Essential oils) and their structure activity relationship.
3. Recognize or draw the chemical structure of such biologically active compounds.
4. Explain the application of essential oils in Aromatherapy.
5. Explain the mechanism of action of different classes of alkaloids as chemotherapeutic drugs.

Professional & Practical skills


6. Use and design methods to separate biologically active alkaloids or essential oils from plant
extracts.
7. Identify the most important constituents; in pure form, extracts, tinctures and powders of
herbal drugs used in community pharmacy, by chemical and analytical methods
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 316
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

8. Identify biologically active constituents of herbal drugs and phyto-pharmaceuticals on an


analytical and chemical level.
9. Evaluate phytopharmaceuticals on a chemical and pharmacological basis.

Intellectual skills
10. Analyze plant extract and identify their biologically active constituents by different
chemical and physical methods, especially for alkaloids and volatile oils.
11. Design and perform chromatographic technique for isolation of alkaloids from their natural
sources

General skills
12. Work effectively in team.
13. Demonstrate written and oral communication skills.
14. Adopt ethical, legal & safety guidelines

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to Phytochemistry and Essential oils. 2 2
2 Chemical composition of essential oils. 2 2
3 Methods of isolation of essential oils 2 2
4 Pharmacological properties of essential oils. 2 2
5 Chief drugs containing essential oils. 2 2
6 Introduction to physical, chemical and biological characters of 2 2
alkaloids
7 Alkaloids with exocyclic nitrogen and of the pyridine group. 2 2
8 Alkaloids of the tropane group. 2 2
9 Alkaloids of the indole group. 2 2
10 Alkaloids of the quinoline and isolquinoline groups. 2 2
11 Alkaloids of the carboline, imidazole & purine groups, steroidal and 2 2
diterpene alkaloids.

Learning and teaching methods


Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 Fundamentals of Pharmacognasy and Phytotherapy
Materials
 Lecture in PDF form

Assessment
Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 317
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Student assessment methods Assessment weighting


Participation 5%
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 45%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board
and markers.
 Availability of Lecture notes in pdf format as a soft copy on GUC intranet to be
presented to students during lecture sessions and as a hard copy in the copy center

C- Administrative Information

Head of the department


Prof. Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy

Course coordinator Administrative Information


Course Coordinator Dr. Nahla Ayoub
E- Mail nahla.ayoub@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 1295
Room number B6-208

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 318
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Phytotherapy and Biogenic drugs PHBL 931

A-Basic Information

Semester number Ninth semester


Semester type Winter semester
Study year Fifth year
Department offering the course Pharmaceutical Biology
Specialization Phytotherapy and Biogenic drugs
Type of course Compulsory
Number of sessions 1 Lecture/ week, 1 Tutorial/ week
Student workload 150 hrs
Credit points (ECTS) 5 CP

B- Professional Information

Aims

This cap-up of course helps students to apply their previously gained information on
pharmacognosy and phytochemistry courses to real patient situations and diseases. After the
necessary introduction, the students get exposed to regulatory aspects, national and worldwide; they
then study herbal medicines recommended in most common diseases, classified according to various
body systems. They study which herbal remedies are recommended for each disease state, on a
priority basis and why. They discuss active constituents, actions, side effects, contraindications and
precautions. They discuss which diseases can be considered for herbal therapy and which are not,
where the patient should be referred to the proper specialist for proper medical care. At the end of the
course, the student should be able to act as a patient educator and as a drug information source to
other members of the health care team, on all matters related to herbal remedies.

Learning outcomes
By the end of the course the student will be able to:

Knowledge & Understanding


1. Define Phytotherapy & phytopharmaceuticals and know other forms of medicine
(conventional or complementary / alternative medicine)
2. Recognize herbal drugs & phytopharmaceuticals and their medicinal indications &
limitations
3. Explain methods of extraction & tea preparation for each herbal remedy
4. Discuss the values of Health Foods & Health Food Supplements (Nutraceuticals)
5. State proper authorities for regulation & standardization of herbal remedies

Professional & Practical skills


6. Use the proper pharmaceutical & medical terms, abbreviations & symbols in pharmacy
practice, as related to herbal drugs & phytopharmaceuticals
7. Plant Tissue Culture and its various applications

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 319
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

8. Select herbal medicines based on understanding of etiology & pathophysiology of diseases


9. Maintain public awareness on rational use of herbal and other drugs, in addition to social
health hazards of drug abuse & misuse in critical diseases status

Intellectual skills
10. Apply the concept of safety of herbal remedies and phytopharmaceuticals in the selection
of appropriate herbal medications.
11. Explain regulation and standardization of herbal remedies and demonstrate understanding of
the difference between the two concepts.
12. Assess the role of plant tissue culture techniques to secondary metabolite production and
biotransformation
13. Classify different herbal remedies available for use as to their suitability for different
patients‘ cases and their effectiveness.
14. Assess drug interactions, adverse drug reactions & pharmacovigilance as related to herbal
medicines.
15. Judge the safety of herbal remedies & phytopharmaceuticals
16. Analyze & evaluate evidence- based information needed in pharmacy practice

General skills
17. Discuss different patient cases and propose the suitable treatment, whether conventional or
herbal
18. Understand the limitations of herbal medicines use and their safe utilization, especially in
serious cardiac problems and other serious progressive diseases. In such cases, he should be able
to refer the patient to the proper specialist
19. Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving & decision- making abilities regarding proper
selection and use of herbal medicines
20. Act as a patient educator regarding the proper use of herbal and conventional drugs and as an
information source on drugs and herbs to other members of the health care team

Content
No. of Teaching
Hours
Topic Lecture Tutorials
1 Introduction to Phytotherapy I 2 2
2 Introduction to Phytotherapy II 2 2
3 Phytotherapy of digestive and biliary systems problems I 2 2
4 Phytotherapy of digestive and biliary systems problems II 2 2
5 Phytotherapy of Urinary System Problems 2 2
6 Phytotherapy of Respiratory System Problems 2 2
7 Phytotherapy of Nervous System Problems 2 2
8 Phytotherapy of Circulatory System Problems 2 2
9 Phytotherapy of skin, mucous membranes and oral cavity problems 2 2
10 Phytotherapy of mucoskeletal and endocrine disorders 2 2
11 Phytotherapy of performance and immune deficiencies, and 2 2
phytotherapy of cancer
12 Tissue Culture 2 2

Learning and teaching methods


Academic Year 2011/2012
Page 320
Faculty of Pharmacy and Biotechnology
Biotechnology Bachelor Program

Lectures, tutorials and assignments

References
Recommended textbook
 Robbers, JE & Tyler, VE (1999), ―Tyler‘s Herbs of Choice. The Therapeutic Use of
Phytomedicinals‖
Recommended for reading
 Rational Phytotherapy: A reference guide for physicians and pharmacists
 Evidence-based Herbal Medicine
 Principles and Practice of Phytotherapy
 Herb contraindications and drug interactions
 The toxicology of botanical medicines
 Phytopharmaceuticals - A handbook for practice on a scientific basis

Assessment
Student assessment methods Assessment weighting
Participation 10%
Quizzes 20%
Mid-term 30%
Final 40%

Facilities required for teaching & learning


 Lecture hall equipped with microphone, computer, beamer, smart board, white board and
markers
 Availability of lecture presentations on the intranet that are used for data show and
explanation to students during lecture sessions with animations

Administrative Information
Head of the department Prof. Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy

Course Coordinator Prof. Dr. Mahmoud El-Olemy


E- Mail mahmoud.el-olemy@guc.edu.eg
Fax +20-2-7581041
Telephone +20-2-7589990-8
Ext 2195
Room number B5-130

Academic Year 2011/2012


Page 321

You might also like